1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
16 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
17 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
18 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
19 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
20 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
28 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
29 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
30 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
31 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
32 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
33 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
34 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
35 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
37 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
38 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
39 // FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's)
40 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
41 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h"
42 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h"
43 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
44 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
45 #include <algorithm>
46 #include <cstring>
47 #include <functional>
48 using namespace clang;
49 using namespace sema;
50 
51 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
52   if (OwnedType) {
53     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
54     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
55   }
56 
57   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
58 }
59 
60 namespace {
61 
62 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
63  public:
64   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false)
65       : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass) {
66     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
67     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
68     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
69   }
70 
71   virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
72     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl())
73       return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) &&
74           (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
75     else
76       return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
77   }
78 
79  private:
80   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
81   bool WantClassName;
82 };
83 
84 }
85 
86 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
87 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
88   switch (Kind) {
89   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
90   // token kind is a valid type specifier
91   case tok::kw_short:
92   case tok::kw_long:
93   case tok::kw___int64:
94   case tok::kw___int128:
95   case tok::kw_signed:
96   case tok::kw_unsigned:
97   case tok::kw_void:
98   case tok::kw_char:
99   case tok::kw_int:
100   case tok::kw_half:
101   case tok::kw_float:
102   case tok::kw_double:
103   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
104   case tok::kw_bool:
105   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
106     return true;
107 
108   case tok::annot_typename:
109   case tok::kw_char16_t:
110   case tok::kw_char32_t:
111   case tok::kw_typeof:
112   case tok::kw_decltype:
113     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
114 
115   default:
116     break;
117   }
118 
119   return false;
120 }
121 
122 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
123 /// return the declaration of that type.
124 ///
125 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
126 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
127 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
128 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
129 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
130 ///
131 /// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain
132 /// and then return NULL.
133 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
134                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
135                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
136                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
137                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
138                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
139                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
140   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
141   DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0;
142   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
143     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
144     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
145       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
146   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
147     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
148 
149     if (!LookupCtx) {
150       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
151         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
152         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
153         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
154         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
155         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
156         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
157         //
158         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
159         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
160         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
161           return ParsedType();
162 
163         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
164         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
165         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
166           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
167 
168         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
169         QualType T =
170           CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
171                             II, NameLoc);
172 
173           return ParsedType::make(T);
174       }
175 
176       return ParsedType();
177     }
178 
179     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
180         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
181       return ParsedType();
182   }
183 
184   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
185   // lookup for class-names.
186   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
187                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
188   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
189   if (LookupCtx) {
190     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
191     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
192     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
193     // nested-name-specifier.
194     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
195 
196     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
197       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
198       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
199       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
200       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
201       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
202       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
203       LookupName(Result, S);
204     }
205   } else {
206     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
207     LookupName(Result, S);
208   }
209 
210   NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0;
211   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
212   case LookupResult::NotFound:
213   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
214     if (CorrectedII) {
215       TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName);
216       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
217                                               Kind, S, SS, Validator);
218       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
219       TemplateTy Template;
220       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
221       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
222       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
223       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
224       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
225       if (SS && NNS) {
226         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
227         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
228       }
229       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
230           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
231           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
232           // is handled elsewhere).
233           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
234             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(),
235                            false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
236         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
237                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
238                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
239                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
240         if (Ty) {
241           std::string CorrectedStr(Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
242           std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(
243               Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts()));
244           Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
245               << Result.getLookupName() << CorrectedQuotedStr << isClassName
246               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc),
247                                               CorrectedStr);
248           if (NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl())
249             Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
250               << CorrectedQuotedStr;
251 
252           if (SS && NNS)
253             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
254           *CorrectedII = NewII;
255           return Ty;
256         }
257       }
258     }
259     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
260   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
261   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
262     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
263     return ParsedType();
264 
265   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
266     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
267     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
268     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
269     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
270     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
271     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
272       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
273       return ParsedType();
274     }
275 
276     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
277     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
278          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
279       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
280         if (!IIDecl ||
281             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
282               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
283           IIDecl = *Res;
284       }
285     }
286 
287     if (!IIDecl) {
288       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
289       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
290       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
291       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
292       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
293       // a type name.
294       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
295       return ParsedType();
296     }
297 
298     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
299     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
300     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
301     // perform the name lookup again.
302     break;
303 
304   case LookupResult::Found:
305     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
306     break;
307   }
308 
309   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
310 
311   QualType T;
312   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
313     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
314 
315     if (T.isNull())
316       T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
317 
318     // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
319     // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
320     // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
321     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) {
322       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
323         // Construct a type with type-source information.
324         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
325         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
326 
327         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
328         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
329         ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
330         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
331         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
332       } else {
333         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
334       }
335     }
336   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
337     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
338     if (!HasTrailingDot)
339       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
340   }
341 
342   if (T.isNull()) {
343     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
344     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
345     return ParsedType();
346   }
347   return ParsedType::make(T);
348 }
349 
350 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
351 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
352 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
353 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
354 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
355 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
356   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
357   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
358   LookupName(R, S, false);
359   R.suppressDiagnostics();
360   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
361     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
362       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
363       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
364       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
365       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
366       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
367       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
368       }
369     }
370 
371   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
372 }
373 
374 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
375 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
376 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
377 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
378 /// @code
379 /// template<class T> class A {
380 /// public:
381 ///   typedef int TYPE;
382 /// };
383 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
384 /// public:
385 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
386 /// };
387 /// @endcode
388 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
389   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
390     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
391 
392     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
393     for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(),
394           BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base)
395       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType()))
396         return true;
397     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
398   }
399   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
400 }
401 
402 bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
403                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
404                                    Scope *S,
405                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
406                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType) {
407   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
408   SuggestedType = ParsedType();
409 
410   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
411   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
412   TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false);
413   if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc),
414                                              LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
415                                              Validator)) {
416     std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
417     std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()));
418 
419     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
420       // We corrected to a keyword.
421       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
422       if (!isSimpleTypeSpecifier(NewII->getTokenID()))
423         CorrectedQuotedStr = "the keyword " + CorrectedQuotedStr;
424       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
425         << II << CorrectedQuotedStr
426         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr);
427       II = NewII;
428     } else {
429       NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
430       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
431       if (!SS || !SS->isSet())
432         Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
433           << II << CorrectedQuotedStr
434           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr);
435       else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
436         Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
437           << II << DC << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS->getRange()
438           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr);
439       else
440         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
441 
442       Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
443         << CorrectedQuotedStr;
444 
445       SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS,
446                                   false, false, ParsedType(),
447                                   /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
448                                   /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
449     }
450     return true;
451   }
452 
453   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
454     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
455     UnqualifiedId Name;
456     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
457     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
458     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
459     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
460     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
461                        Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
462                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
463       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>();
464       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
465       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
466         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
467           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
468       }
469       return true;
470     }
471   }
472 
473   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
474   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
475 
476   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
477     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II;
478   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
479     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
480       << II << DC << SS->getRange();
481   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
482     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
483     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
484       DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing;
485 
486     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
487       << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
488       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
489       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
490     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
491                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
492   } else {
493     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
494            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
495   }
496 
497   return true;
498 }
499 
500 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
501 /// or
502 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
503   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
504                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
505 
506   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
507     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
508       return true;
509 
510     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
511       return true;
512   }
513 
514   return false;
515 }
516 
517 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
518                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
519                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
520                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
521   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
522   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
523   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
524     const char *TagName = 0;
525     const char *FixItTagName = 0;
526     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
527       case TTK_Class:
528         TagName = "class";
529         FixItTagName = "class ";
530         break;
531 
532       case TTK_Enum:
533         TagName = "enum";
534         FixItTagName = "enum ";
535         break;
536 
537       case TTK_Struct:
538         TagName = "struct";
539         FixItTagName = "struct ";
540         break;
541 
542       case TTK_Interface:
543         TagName = "__interface";
544         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
545         break;
546 
547       case TTK_Union:
548         TagName = "union";
549         FixItTagName = "union ";
550         break;
551     }
552 
553     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
554       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
555       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
556 
557     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
558          I != IEnd; ++I)
559       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
560         << Name << TagName;
561 
562     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
563     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
564     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
565     return true;
566   }
567 
568   return false;
569 }
570 
571 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
572 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
573                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
574   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
575 
576   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
577   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
578 
579   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
580   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
581   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
582   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
583   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
584 }
585 
586 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S,
587                                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
588                                             IdentifierInfo *&Name,
589                                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
590                                             const Token &NextToken,
591                                             bool IsAddressOfOperand,
592                                             CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) {
593   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
594   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
595 
596   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
597     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(),
598                                 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false);
599 
600   }
601 
602   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
603   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
604 
605   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
606   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
607   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
608   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
609   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
610     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
611     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
612       return E;
613   }
614 
615   bool SecondTry = false;
616   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
617 
618 Corrected:
619   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
620   case LookupResult::NotFound:
621     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
622     // call.
623     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
624       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
625       // FIXME: Reference?
626       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
627         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
628 
629       // C90 6.3.2.2:
630       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
631       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
632       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
633       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
634       //   the function call, the declaration
635       //
636       //     extern int identifier ();
637       //
638       //   appeared.
639       //
640       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
641       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
642         Result.addDecl(D);
643         Result.resolveKind();
644         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
645       }
646     }
647 
648     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
649     // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum",
650     // "struct", or "union".
651     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
652         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
653       break;
654     }
655 
656     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
657     // close to this name.
658     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
659       SecondTry = true;
660       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
661                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
662                                                  &SS, *CCC)) {
663         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
664         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
665         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
666         std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()));
667 
668         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
669         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl
670           = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0;
671         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
672             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
673           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
674           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
675         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
676                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
677                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
678                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
679            UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
680            QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
681          }
682 
683         if (SS.isEmpty())
684           Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag)
685             << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr
686             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr);
687         else
688           Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag)
689             << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr
690             << SS.getRange()
691             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr);
692 
693         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
694         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
695 
696         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
697         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
698           return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
699 
700         // Also update the LookupResult...
701         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
702         Result.clear();
703         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
704         if (FirstDecl) {
705           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
706           Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
707             << CorrectedQuotedStr;
708         }
709 
710         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
711         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
712         // reference the ivar.
713         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
714         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
715           Result.clear();
716           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
717           return E;
718         }
719 
720         goto Corrected;
721       }
722     }
723 
724     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
725     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
726     return NameClassification::Unknown();
727 
728   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
729     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
730     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
731     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
732 
733     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
734     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
735     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
736     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
737     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
738     //
739     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
740     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
741     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
742     // keyword here.
743     return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
744                                       NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
745                                       /*TemplateArgs=*/0);
746   }
747 
748   case LookupResult::Found:
749   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
750   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
751     break;
752 
753   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
754     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
755         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
756       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
757       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
758       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
759       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
760       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
761       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
762       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
763       //   ambiguous.
764       //
765       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
766       // so try again after filtering out template names.
767       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
768       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
769         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
770         break;
771       }
772     }
773 
774     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
775     return NameClassification::Error();
776   }
777 
778   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
779       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
780     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
781     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
782     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
783     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
784     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
785     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
786     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
787       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
788 
789     if (!Result.empty()) {
790       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
791       TemplateName Template;
792       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
793         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
794         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
795                                                      Result.end());
796       } else {
797         TemplateDecl *TD
798           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
799         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
800 
801         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
802           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
803                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
804                                                       TD);
805         else
806           Template = TemplateName(TD);
807       }
808 
809       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
810         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
811         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
812         // to based on which function we selected.
813         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
814 
815         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
816       }
817 
818       return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
819     }
820   }
821 
822   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
823   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
824     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
825     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
826     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
827       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
828     return ParsedType::make(T);
829   }
830 
831   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
832   if (!Class) {
833     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
834     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias
835                                 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
836       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
837   }
838 
839   if (Class) {
840     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
841 
842     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
843       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
844       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
845       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
846       return NameClassification::Unknown();
847     }
848 
849     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
850     return ParsedType::make(T);
851   }
852 
853   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
854   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
855     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
856         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
857 
858   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
859   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
860   if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
861     bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star);
862     if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
863          (NextIsOp && FirstDecl->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
864         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
865       TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
866       DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
867       QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
868       if (SS.isNotEmpty())
869         return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
870       return ParsedType::make(T);
871     }
872   }
873 
874   if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
875     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0);
876 
877   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
878   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
879 }
880 
881 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
882 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
883 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
884 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
885 
886   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
887   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
888   // the context we'll need to return to.
889   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) {
890     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
891 
892     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
893     // lexical context.
894     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
895       return DC;
896 
897     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
898     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
899     // class is the context we need to return to.
900     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
901       DC = RD;
902 
903     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
904     // declared in.
905     return DC;
906   }
907 
908   return DC->getLexicalParent();
909 }
910 
911 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
912   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
913       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
914   CurContext = DC;
915   S->setEntity(DC);
916 }
917 
918 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
919   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
920 
921   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
922   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
923 }
924 
925 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
926 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
927 ///
928 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
929   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
930   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
931   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
932   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
933   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
934   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
935   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
936   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
937   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
938   //   namespace.
939   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
940   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
941   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
942   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
943   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
944 
945   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
946 
947 #ifndef NDEBUG
948   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
949   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
950   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
951 #endif
952 
953   CurContext = DC;
954   S->setEntity(DC);
955 }
956 
957 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
958   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
959 
960   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
961   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
962   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
963   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
964   CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity();
965 
966   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
967   // disappear.
968 }
969 
970 
971 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
972   FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
973   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
974     // We assume that the caller has already called
975     // ActOnReenterTemplateScope
976     FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl();
977   }
978   if (!FD)
979     return;
980 
981   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
982   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
983   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
984     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
985   CurContext = FD;
986   S->setEntity(CurContext);
987 
988   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
989     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
990     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
991     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
992       S->AddDecl(Param);
993       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
994     }
995   }
996 }
997 
998 
999 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
1000   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
1001   // rather than the top-level class.
1002   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1003   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1004   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1005 }
1006 
1007 
1008 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1009 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1010 ///
1011 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1012 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1013 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1014 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1015 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1016 /// attribute.
1017 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1018                                        ASTContext &Context) {
1019   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1020     return true;
1021 
1022   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1023     return true;
1024 
1025   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
1026           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1027 }
1028 
1029 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1030 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1031   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1032   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1033   // scope.
1034   while (S->getEntity() &&
1035          ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())
1036     S = S->getParent();
1037 
1038   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1039   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1040   // into any context.
1041   if (AddToContext)
1042     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1043 
1044   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++.
1045   // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C.
1046   if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) &&
1047       D->isOutOfLine() &&
1048       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1049         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
1050     return;
1051 
1052   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1053   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1054       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1055     return;
1056 
1057   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1058   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1059                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1060   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1061     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1062       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1063       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1064 
1065       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1066       break;
1067     }
1068   }
1069 
1070   S->AddDecl(D);
1071 
1072   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1073     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1074     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1075     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1076     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1077       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1078       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1079         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1080           continue;
1081       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1082         break;
1083     }
1084 
1085     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1086   } else {
1087     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1088   }
1089 }
1090 
1091 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1092   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1093     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1094 }
1095 
1096 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1097                          bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) {
1098   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S,
1099                                   ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization);
1100 }
1101 
1102 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1103   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1104   do {
1105     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity())
1106       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1107         return S;
1108   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1109 
1110   return 0;
1111 }
1112 
1113 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1114                                             DeclContext*,
1115                                             ASTContext&);
1116 
1117 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1118 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1119 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R,
1120                                 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1121                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1122                                 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) {
1123   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1124   while (F.hasNext()) {
1125     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1126 
1127     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization))
1128       continue;
1129 
1130     if (ConsiderLinkage &&
1131         isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1132       continue;
1133 
1134     F.erase();
1135   }
1136 
1137   F.done();
1138 }
1139 
1140 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1141   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1142          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1143          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1144 }
1145 
1146 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1147 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1148   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1149   while (F.hasNext())
1150     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1151       F.erase();
1152 
1153   F.done();
1154 }
1155 
1156 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1157 /// @code
1158 /// class S {
1159 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1160 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1161 /// };
1162 /// @endcode
1163 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1164   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1165   // the decl here.
1166   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1167     return false;
1168 
1169   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1170     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1171   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1172     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1173   return false;
1174 }
1175 
1176 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1177   assert(D);
1178 
1179   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1180     return false;
1181 
1182   // Ignore class templates.
1183   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1184       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1185     return false;
1186 
1187   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1188     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1189       return false;
1190 
1191     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1192       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1193         return false;
1194     } else {
1195       // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn.
1196       if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
1197           FD->isInlineSpecified())
1198         return false;
1199     }
1200 
1201     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1202         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1203       return false;
1204   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1205     if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() ||
1206         VD->getType().isConstant(Context) ||
1207         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1208       return false;
1209 
1210     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1211         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1212       return false;
1213 
1214   } else {
1215     return false;
1216   }
1217 
1218   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1219   if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage)
1220     return false;
1221 
1222   return true;
1223 }
1224 
1225 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1226   if (!D)
1227     return;
1228 
1229   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1230     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration();
1231     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1232       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1233   }
1234 
1235   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1236     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration();
1237     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1238       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1239   }
1240 
1241   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1242     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1243 }
1244 
1245 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1246   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1247     return false;
1248 
1249   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1250     return false;
1251 
1252   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1253     return true;
1254 
1255   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1256   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) ||
1257       !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1258     return false;
1259 
1260   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1261   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1262 
1263     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1264     QualType Ty = VD->getType();
1265 
1266     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1267     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1268       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1269         return false;
1270     }
1271 
1272     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1273     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1274     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1275       return false;
1276 
1277     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1278       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1279       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1280         return false;
1281 
1282       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1283         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor())
1284           return false;
1285 
1286         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1287           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1288             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1289           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1290             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1291             if (!CD->isTrivial())
1292               return false;
1293           }
1294         }
1295       }
1296     }
1297 
1298     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1299   }
1300 
1301   return true;
1302 }
1303 
1304 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1305                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1306   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1307     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1308                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1309     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1310       return;
1311     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1312                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1313   }
1314   return;
1315 }
1316 
1317 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1318 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1319 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1320   FixItHint Hint;
1321   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1322     return;
1323 
1324   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1325 
1326   unsigned DiagID;
1327   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1328     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1329   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1330     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1331   else
1332     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1333 
1334   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1335 }
1336 
1337 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1338   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1339   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1340   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt.
1341   if (L->getStmt() == 0)
1342     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1343 }
1344 
1345 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1346   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1347   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1348          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1349 
1350   for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end();
1351        I != E; ++I) {
1352     Decl *TmpD = (*I);
1353     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1354 
1355     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1356     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1357 
1358     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1359 
1360     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1361     if (!S->hasErrorOccurred())
1362       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1363 
1364     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1365     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1366       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1367 
1368     // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
1369     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1370   }
1371 }
1372 
1373 void Sema::ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator() {
1374   ++InFunctionDeclarator;
1375 }
1376 
1377 void Sema::ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator() {
1378   assert(InFunctionDeclarator);
1379   --InFunctionDeclarator;
1380 }
1381 
1382 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1383 ///
1384 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1385 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1386 /// to the fixed name.
1387 ///
1388 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1389 ///
1390 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1391 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1392 ///
1393 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1394 /// class could not be found.
1395 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1396                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1397                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1398   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1399   // creation from this context.
1400   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1401 
1402   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1403     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1404     // find an Objective-C class name.
1405     DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator;
1406     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc),
1407                                        LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL,
1408                                        Validator)) {
1409       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1410       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest)
1411         << Id << IDecl->getDeclName()
1412         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString());
1413       Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
1414         << IDecl->getDeclName();
1415 
1416       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1417     }
1418   }
1419   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1420   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1421   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1422       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1423   return Def;
1424 }
1425 
1426 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1427 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1428 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1429 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1430 /// ill-formed in C++:
1431 /// @code
1432 /// struct S6 {
1433 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1434 /// };
1435 ///
1436 /// void test_S6() {
1437 ///   struct S6 a;
1438 ///   a.e = BAR;
1439 /// }
1440 /// @endcode
1441 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1442 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1443 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1444 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1445 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1446 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1447 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1448 /// contain non-field names.
1449 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1450   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1451          (S->getEntity() &&
1452           ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) ||
1453          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1454     S = S->getParent();
1455   return S;
1456 }
1457 
1458 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1459 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1460 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1461 /// built-in.
1462 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid,
1463                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1464                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1465   Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid;
1466 
1467   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1468   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error);
1469   switch (Error) {
1470   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1471     // Okay
1472     break;
1473 
1474   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1475     if (ForRedeclaration)
1476       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio)
1477         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1478     return 0;
1479 
1480   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1481     if (ForRedeclaration)
1482       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp)
1483         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1484     return 0;
1485 
1486   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1487     if (ForRedeclaration)
1488       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext)
1489         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1490     return 0;
1491   }
1492 
1493   if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) {
1494     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1495       << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID)
1496       << R;
1497     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) &&
1498         Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)
1499           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
1500       Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header)
1501         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID)
1502         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1503   }
1504 
1505   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1506                                            Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
1507                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0,
1508                                            SC_Extern,
1509                                            SC_None, false,
1510                                            /*hasPrototype=*/true);
1511   New->setImplicit();
1512 
1513   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1514   // FunctionDecl.
1515   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1516     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1517     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) {
1518       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1519         ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
1520                             SourceLocation(), 0,
1521                             FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0,
1522                             SC_None, SC_None, 0);
1523       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1524       Params.push_back(parm);
1525     }
1526     New->setParams(Params);
1527   }
1528 
1529   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1530 
1531   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1532   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1533   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1534   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1535   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1536   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1537   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1538   CurContext = SavedContext;
1539   return New;
1540 }
1541 
1542 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1543   QualType OldType;
1544   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1545     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1546   else
1547     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1548   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1549 
1550   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1551     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1552     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1553     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1554       << Kind << NewType;
1555     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1556       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1557     New->setInvalidDecl();
1558     return true;
1559   }
1560 
1561   if (OldType != NewType &&
1562       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1563       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1564       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1565     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1566     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1567       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1568     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1569       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1570     New->setInvalidDecl();
1571     return true;
1572   }
1573   return false;
1574 }
1575 
1576 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1577 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1578 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1579 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1580 ///
1581 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1582   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1583   // merging checks.
1584   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1585 
1586   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1587   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1588   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
1589     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1590     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1591     default: break;
1592     case 2:
1593       {
1594         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1595           break;
1596         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
1597         if (!T->isPointerType())
1598           break;
1599         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
1600           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1601           if (!PT->isStructureType())
1602             break;
1603         }
1604         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
1605         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1606         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1607         return;
1608       }
1609     case 5:
1610       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1611         break;
1612       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1613       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1614       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1615       return;
1616     case 3:
1617       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1618         break;
1619       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1620       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1621       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1622       return;
1623     }
1624     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1625   }
1626 
1627   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1628   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1629   if (!Old) {
1630     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1631       << New->getDeclName();
1632 
1633     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1634     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1635       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1636 
1637     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1638   }
1639 
1640   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
1641   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
1642     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1643 
1644   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
1645   // with any extensions enabled.
1646   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
1647     return;
1648 
1649   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain if the old
1650   // declaration was a typedef.
1651   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1652     New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef);
1653 
1654   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
1655     return;
1656 
1657   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1658     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
1659     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
1660     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
1661     //   to the type to which it already refers.
1662     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
1663       return;
1664 
1665     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
1666     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
1667     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
1668     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
1669     //
1670     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
1671     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
1672     //
1673     //   struct S {
1674     //     typedef struct A { } A;
1675     //   };
1676     //
1677     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
1678     // allow the above but disallow
1679     //
1680     //   struct S {
1681     //     typedef int I;
1682     //     typedef int I;
1683     //   };
1684     //
1685     // since that was the intent of DR56.
1686     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1687       return;
1688 
1689     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
1690       << New->getDeclName();
1691     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1692     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1693   }
1694 
1695   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
1696   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
1697     return;
1698 
1699   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
1700   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
1701   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
1702   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
1703   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
1704       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
1705        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
1706     return;
1707 
1708   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef)
1709     << New->getDeclName();
1710   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1711   return;
1712 }
1713 
1714 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
1715 /// attribute.
1716 static bool
1717 DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
1718   // There can be multiple AvailabilityAttr in a Decl. Make sure we copy
1719   // all of them. It is mergeAvailabilityAttr in SemaDeclAttr.cpp that is
1720   // responsible for making sure they are consistent.
1721   const AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(A);
1722   if (AA)
1723     return false;
1724 
1725   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
1726   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
1727   for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i)
1728     if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
1729       if (Ann) {
1730         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation())
1731           return true;
1732         continue;
1733       }
1734       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
1735       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i))
1736         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind();
1737       return true;
1738     }
1739 
1740   return false;
1741 }
1742 
1743 bool Sema::mergeDeclAttribute(Decl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr) {
1744   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL;
1745   if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
1746     NewAttr = mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
1747                                     AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(),
1748                                     AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
1749                                     AA->getMessage());
1750   else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
1751     NewAttr = mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility());
1752   else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
1753     NewAttr = mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange());
1754   else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
1755     NewAttr = mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange());
1756   else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
1757     NewAttr = mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
1758                               FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg());
1759   else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
1760     NewAttr = mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName());
1761   else if (!DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
1762     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(Context));
1763 
1764   if (NewAttr) {
1765     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
1766     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
1767     return true;
1768   }
1769 
1770   return false;
1771 }
1772 
1773 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
1774   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
1775     return TD->getDefinition();
1776   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
1777     return VD->getDefinition();
1778   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1779     const FunctionDecl* Def;
1780     if (FD->hasBody(Def))
1781       return Def;
1782   }
1783   return NULL;
1784 }
1785 
1786 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
1787   for (Decl::attr_iterator I = D->attr_begin(), E = D->attr_end();
1788        I != E; ++I) {
1789     Attr *Attribute = *I;
1790     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
1791       return true;
1792   }
1793   return false;
1794 }
1795 
1796 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
1797 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
1798 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
1799   if (!New->hasAttrs())
1800     return;
1801 
1802   const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
1803   if (!Def || Def == New)
1804     return;
1805 
1806   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
1807   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
1808     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
1809     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
1810       ++I;
1811       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
1812     }
1813     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
1814            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
1815     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1816     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
1817     --E;
1818   }
1819 }
1820 
1821 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
1822 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old,
1823                                bool MergeDeprecation) {
1824   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
1825   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
1826 
1827   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
1828     return;
1829 
1830   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
1831 
1832   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
1833   // we process them.
1834   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
1835 
1836   for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr>
1837          i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(),
1838          e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>();
1839        i != e; ++i) {
1840     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
1841     if (!MergeDeprecation &&
1842         (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) ||
1843          isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) ||
1844          isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i)))
1845       continue;
1846 
1847     if (mergeDeclAttribute(New, *i))
1848       foundAny = true;
1849   }
1850 
1851   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
1852 }
1853 
1854 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
1855 /// to the new one.
1856 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
1857                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
1858                                      ASTContext &C) {
1859   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
1860     return;
1861 
1862   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
1863 
1864   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
1865   // done before we process them.
1866   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
1867 
1868   for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr>
1869        i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(),
1870        e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) {
1871     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) {
1872       InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(C));
1873       newAttr->setInherited(true);
1874       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
1875       foundAny = true;
1876     }
1877   }
1878 
1879   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
1880 }
1881 
1882 namespace {
1883 
1884 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
1885 /// C.
1886 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
1887   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
1888   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
1889   QualType PromotedType;
1890 };
1891 
1892 }
1893 
1894 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
1895 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
1896   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
1897     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
1898       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
1899 
1900     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
1901       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
1902 
1903     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
1904       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
1905   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
1906     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
1907   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
1908     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
1909   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
1910     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
1911   }
1912 
1913   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
1914 }
1915 
1916 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
1917 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
1918 /// GNU89 mode.
1919 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
1920                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
1921   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
1922           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
1923           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
1924           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
1925 }
1926 
1927 /// Is the given calling convention the ABI default for the given
1928 /// declaration?
1929 static bool isABIDefaultCC(Sema &S, CallingConv CC, FunctionDecl *D) {
1930   CallingConv ABIDefaultCC;
1931   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D) && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isInstance()) {
1932     ABIDefaultCC = S.Context.getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(D->isVariadic());
1933   } else {
1934     // Free C function or a static method.
1935     ABIDefaultCC = (S.Context.getLangOpts().MRTD ? CC_X86StdCall : CC_C);
1936   }
1937   return ABIDefaultCC == CC;
1938 }
1939 
1940 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
1941 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
1942 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
1943 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
1944 ///
1945 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
1946 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
1947 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
1948 /// merged with.
1949 ///
1950 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
1951 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD, Scope *S) {
1952   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
1953   FunctionDecl *Old = 0;
1954   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate
1955         = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD))
1956     Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
1957   else
1958     Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD);
1959   if (!Old) {
1960     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
1961       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
1962       Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
1963            diag::note_using_decl_target);
1964       Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
1965            diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
1966       return true;
1967     }
1968 
1969     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1970       << New->getDeclName();
1971     Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1972     return true;
1973   }
1974 
1975   // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition,
1976   // implicit declaration, or a declaration.
1977   diag::kind PrevDiag;
1978   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
1979     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
1980   else if (Old->isImplicit())
1981     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
1982   else
1983     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
1984 
1985   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
1986   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
1987 
1988   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
1989   // is an extern inline function.
1990   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
1991       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
1992       Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
1993       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
1994     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
1995       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New;
1996       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
1997     } else {
1998       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
1999       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
2000       return true;
2001     }
2002   }
2003 
2004   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is
2005   // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the
2006   // calling convention of the first.
2007   //
2008   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
2009   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
2010   //
2011   // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the
2012   // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling
2013   // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in
2014   // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away
2015   // because it is the default calling convention.
2016   //
2017   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
2018   // other tests to run.
2019   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
2020   const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
2021   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
2022   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
2023   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
2024   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
2025     // Fast path: nothing to do.
2026 
2027   // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
2028   // there but not here.
2029   } else if (NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) {
2030     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2031     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2032 
2033   // Don't complain about mismatches when the default CC is
2034   // effectively the same as the explict one.
2035   } else if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default &&
2036              isABIDefaultCC(*this, NewTypeInfo.getCC(), New)) {
2037     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2038     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2039 
2040   } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(),
2041                                      NewTypeInfo.getCC())) {
2042     // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain.
2043     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
2044       << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
2045       << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default)
2046       << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" :
2047           FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()));
2048     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2049     return true;
2050   }
2051 
2052   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
2053   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2054     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
2055     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2056   }
2057 
2058   // Merge regparm attribute.
2059   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
2060       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
2061     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
2062       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
2063         << NewType->getRegParmType()
2064         << OldType->getRegParmType();
2065       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2066       return true;
2067     }
2068 
2069     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
2070     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2071   }
2072 
2073   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
2074   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2075     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2076       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
2077       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2078       return true;
2079     }
2080 
2081     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
2082     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2083   }
2084 
2085   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
2086     NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo);
2087     New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0));
2088     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2089   }
2090 
2091   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2092     // (C++98 13.1p2):
2093     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
2094     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
2095     //        cannot be overloaded.
2096     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType();
2097     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType();
2098     QualType ResQT;
2099     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
2100       if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()
2101           && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2102         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
2103       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
2104         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
2105           Diag(New->getLocation(),
2106                diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New;
2107         else
2108           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type);
2109         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2110         return true;
2111       }
2112       else
2113         NewQType = ResQT;
2114     }
2115 
2116     const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
2117     CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
2118     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
2119       // Preserve triviality.
2120       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
2121 
2122       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
2123       // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
2124       // We don't want a redeclartion error.
2125       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
2126                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
2127                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
2128       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
2129 
2130       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2131           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
2132         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
2133         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
2134         //       is a static member function declaration.
2135         if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) {
2136           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
2137           Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2138           return true;
2139         }
2140 
2141         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2142         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
2143         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
2144         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
2145         if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
2146           unsigned NewDiag;
2147           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
2148             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
2149           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
2150             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
2151           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
2152             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
2153           else
2154             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
2155 
2156           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
2157         } else {
2158           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
2159             << New << New->getType();
2160         }
2161         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2162 
2163       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
2164       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
2165       //
2166       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
2167       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
2168       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
2169         if (isFriend) {
2170           NewMethod->setImplicit();
2171         } else {
2172           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2173                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
2174             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2175           return true;
2176         }
2177       } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
2178         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2179              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
2180           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2181         return true;
2182       }
2183     }
2184 
2185     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
2186     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
2187     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
2188     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
2189 
2190     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
2191     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
2192     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2193       assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
2194       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
2195         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
2196       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
2197       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
2198     }
2199 
2200     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
2201       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S);
2202 
2203     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
2204   }
2205 
2206   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
2207   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
2208   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2209       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
2210     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2211     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2212     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0;
2213     if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
2214         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
2215       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
2216       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
2217       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
2218       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(),
2219                                                  OldProto->arg_type_end());
2220       NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(),
2221                                          ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(),
2222                                          OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
2223       New->setType(NewQType);
2224       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
2225 
2226       // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
2227       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
2228       for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator
2229              ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(),
2230              ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end();
2231            ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) {
2232         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New,
2233                                                  SourceLocation(),
2234                                                  SourceLocation(), 0,
2235                                                  *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0,
2236                                                  SC_None, SC_None,
2237                                                  0);
2238         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
2239         Param->setImplicit();
2240         Params.push_back(Param);
2241       }
2242 
2243       New->setParams(Params);
2244     }
2245 
2246     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S);
2247   }
2248 
2249   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
2250   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
2251   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
2252   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
2253   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
2254   // the prototype.
2255   //
2256   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
2257   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
2258   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
2259   // C99 6.9.1p8.
2260   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2261       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
2262       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
2263       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
2264     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
2265     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
2266     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
2267       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2268     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
2269       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2270 
2271     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
2272     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(),
2273                                                NewProto->getResultType());
2274     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
2275     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
2276          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
2277       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
2278       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
2279       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2280                                      NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) {
2281         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2282       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2283                                             NewParm->getType(),
2284                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
2285         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn
2286           = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) };
2287         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
2288         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2289       } else
2290         LooseCompatible = false;
2291     }
2292 
2293     if (LooseCompatible) {
2294       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
2295         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
2296              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
2297           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
2298           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
2299         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
2300           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
2301                diag::note_previous_declaration);
2302       }
2303 
2304       New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0],
2305                                            ArgTypes.size(),
2306                                            OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
2307       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S);
2308     }
2309 
2310     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
2311   }
2312 
2313   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined
2314   // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic
2315   if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) {
2316     // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible
2317     // signature.
2318     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
2319       // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined
2320       // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the
2321       // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this
2322       // library built-in.
2323       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
2324       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
2325         << Old << Old->getType();
2326       New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin);
2327       Old->setInvalidDecl();
2328       return false;
2329     }
2330 
2331     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
2332   }
2333 
2334   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
2335   Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2336   return true;
2337 }
2338 
2339 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
2340 /// known to be compatible.
2341 ///
2342 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
2343 /// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to
2344 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
2345 /// redeclaration of Old.
2346 ///
2347 /// \returns false
2348 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
2349                                         Scope *S) {
2350   // Merge the attributes
2351   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2352 
2353   // Merge the storage class.
2354   if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern &&
2355       Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None)
2356     New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass());
2357 
2358   // Merge "pure" flag.
2359   if (Old->isPure())
2360     New->setPure();
2361 
2362   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
2363   // declarations.
2364   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
2365     for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i)
2366       mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i),
2367                                Context);
2368 
2369   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2370     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
2371 
2372   return false;
2373 }
2374 
2375 
2376 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
2377                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
2378 
2379   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
2380   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, /* mergeDeprecation */true);
2381 
2382   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
2383   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
2384                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
2385   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
2386          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
2387        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
2388     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, Context);
2389 
2390   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod, true);
2391 }
2392 
2393 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
2394 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
2395 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2396 ///
2397 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
2398 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
2399 /// is attached.
2400 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) {
2401   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
2402     return;
2403 
2404   QualType MergedT;
2405   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2406     AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
2407     if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) {
2408       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
2409       return;
2410     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
2411       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
2412       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
2413     }
2414     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
2415     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
2416     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
2417     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
2418     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
2419     else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
2420              New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
2421       CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray
2422         = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
2423       CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray
2424         = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
2425       if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType())
2426         MergedT = New->getType();
2427     } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
2428              New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
2429       CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray
2430         = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
2431       CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray
2432         = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
2433       if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType())
2434         MergedT = Old->getType();
2435     } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()
2436                && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
2437         MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
2438                                                         Old->getType());
2439     }
2440   } else {
2441     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
2442   }
2443   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
2444     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type)
2445       << New->getDeclName();
2446     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2447     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2448   }
2449   New->setType(MergedT);
2450 }
2451 
2452 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
2453 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
2454 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2455 ///
2456 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
2457 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
2458 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
2459 ///
2460 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
2461   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
2462   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
2463     return;
2464 
2465   // Verify the old decl was also a variable.
2466   VarDecl *Old = 0;
2467   if (!Previous.isSingleResult() ||
2468       !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) {
2469     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2470       << New->getDeclName();
2471     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
2472          diag::note_previous_definition);
2473     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2474   }
2475 
2476   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2477   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
2478   //
2479   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
2480   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
2481     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
2482       << New->getIdentifier();
2483     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2484     New->setInvalidDecl();
2485   }
2486 
2487   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2488   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
2489   // declaration
2490   if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
2491       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
2492       !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
2493     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
2494     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2495     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
2496     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
2497   }
2498 
2499   // Merge the types.
2500   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old);
2501   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
2502     return;
2503 
2504   // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static.
2505   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2506       (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) {
2507     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName();
2508     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2509     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2510   }
2511   // C99 6.2.2p4:
2512   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
2513   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
2514   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
2515   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
2516   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
2517   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
2518   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
2519   //   identifier has external linkage.
2520   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
2521     /* Okay */;
2522   else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
2523            Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
2524     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
2525     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2526     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2527   }
2528 
2529   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
2530   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
2531       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) {
2532     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
2533     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2534     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2535   }
2536   if (Old->hasExternalStorage() &&
2537       !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
2538     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
2539     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2540     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2541   }
2542 
2543   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
2544 
2545   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
2546   // need to check for mismatches.
2547   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
2548       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
2549       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2550         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
2551     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
2552     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2553     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2554   }
2555 
2556   if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) {
2557     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
2558     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2559   } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) {
2560     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
2561     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2562   }
2563 
2564   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
2565   const VarDecl *Def;
2566   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2567       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
2568       (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
2569     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
2570       << New->getDeclName();
2571     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2572     New->setInvalidDecl();
2573     return;
2574   }
2575   // c99 6.2.2 P4.
2576   // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a
2577   // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if
2578   // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage
2579   // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage
2580   // specified at the prior declaration.
2581   // FIXME. revisit this code.
2582   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
2583       Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage &&
2584       New->getDeclContext() == Old->getDeclContext())
2585     New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass());
2586 
2587   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
2588   New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old);
2589 
2590   // Inherit access appropriately.
2591   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
2592 }
2593 
2594 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
2595 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
2596 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
2597                                        DeclSpec &DS) {
2598   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
2599 }
2600 
2601 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
2602 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accopts template
2603 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
2604 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
2605                                        DeclSpec &DS,
2606                                        MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams) {
2607   Decl *TagD = 0;
2608   TagDecl *Tag = 0;
2609   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
2610       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
2611       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
2612       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
2613       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
2614     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
2615 
2616     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
2617       return 0;
2618 
2619     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
2620     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
2621     // it's a Type.
2622     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
2623       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
2624     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
2625       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
2626   }
2627 
2628   if (Tag) {
2629     Tag->setFreeStanding();
2630     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
2631       return Tag;
2632   }
2633 
2634   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
2635     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
2636     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
2637     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
2638       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
2639            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
2640            << DS.getSourceRange();
2641   }
2642 
2643   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
2644     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
2645     // and definitions of functions and variables.
2646     if (Tag)
2647       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
2648         << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
2649             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
2650             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
2651             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4);
2652     else
2653       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
2654     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
2655     return TagD;
2656   }
2657 
2658   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
2659     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
2660     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
2661     if (TagD && !Tag)
2662       return 0;
2663     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
2664   }
2665 
2666   // Track whether we warned about the fact that there aren't any
2667   // declarators.
2668   bool emittedWarning = false;
2669 
2670   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
2671     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
2672         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
2673       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
2674           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
2675         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record);
2676 
2677       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators)
2678         << DS.getSourceRange();
2679       emittedWarning = true;
2680     }
2681   }
2682 
2683   // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct.
2684   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2685       CurContext->isRecord() &&
2686       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
2687     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct:
2688     //   struct STRUCT;
2689     // and
2690     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
2691     RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag);
2692     if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) ||
2693         (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename &&
2694          DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) {
2695       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct)
2696         << DS.getSourceRange();
2697       return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
2698     }
2699   }
2700 
2701   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2702       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
2703     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
2704       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
2705           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) {
2706         Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators)
2707           << DS.getSourceRange();
2708         emittedWarning = true;
2709       }
2710 
2711   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
2712   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) return TagD;
2713 
2714   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
2715     // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an
2716     // extension in both Microsoft and GNU.
2717     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
2718         Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) {
2719       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
2720         << DS.getSourceRange();
2721       return Tag;
2722     }
2723 
2724     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators)
2725       << DS.getSourceRange();
2726     emittedWarning = true;
2727   }
2728 
2729   // We're going to complain about a bunch of spurious specifiers;
2730   // only do this if we're declaring a tag, because otherwise we
2731   // should be getting diag::ext_no_declarators.
2732   if (emittedWarning || (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
2733     return TagD;
2734 
2735   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
2736   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
2737   // useless.
2738   if (DeclSpec::SCS scs = DS.getStorageClassSpec())
2739     if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
2740       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier)
2741         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(scs);
2742 
2743   if (DS.isThreadSpecified())
2744     Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "__thread";
2745   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
2746     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
2747       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "const";
2748     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
2749       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "volatile";
2750     // Restrict is covered above.
2751   }
2752   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
2753     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "inline";
2754   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
2755     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "virtual";
2756   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
2757     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) <<"explicit";
2758 
2759   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
2760       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
2761     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
2762       << Tag->getTagKind()
2763       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
2764 
2765   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
2766   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
2767   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
2768   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
2769     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
2770     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
2771         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
2772         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
2773         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
2774         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
2775       AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList();
2776       while (attrs) {
2777         Diag(attrs->getScopeLoc(),
2778              diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
2779         << attrs->getName()
2780         << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
2781             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
2782             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 :
2783             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4);
2784         attrs = attrs->getNext();
2785       }
2786     }
2787   }
2788 
2789   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
2790 
2791   return TagD;
2792 }
2793 
2794 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
2795 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
2796 ///
2797 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
2798 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
2799                                          Scope *S,
2800                                          DeclContext *Owner,
2801                                          DeclarationName Name,
2802                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
2803                                          unsigned diagnostic) {
2804   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
2805                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
2806   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
2807 
2808   if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
2809     return false;
2810 
2811   // Pick a representative declaration.
2812   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
2813   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
2814 
2815   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
2816     return false;
2817 
2818   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
2819   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2820 
2821   return true;
2822 }
2823 
2824 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
2825 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
2826 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
2827 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
2828 /// struct, e.g.,
2829 ///
2830 /// @code
2831 /// union {
2832 ///   int i;
2833 ///   float f;
2834 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
2835 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
2836 /// @endcode
2837 ///
2838 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
2839 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
2840 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
2841                                                 DeclContext *Owner,
2842                                                 RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
2843                                                 AccessSpecifier AS,
2844                               SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining,
2845                                                       bool MSAnonStruct) {
2846   unsigned diagKind
2847     = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
2848                             : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
2849 
2850   bool Invalid = false;
2851 
2852   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
2853   for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(),
2854                                DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end();
2855        D != DEnd; ++D) {
2856     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) &&
2857         cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) {
2858       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D);
2859       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
2860                                        VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
2861         // C++ [class.union]p2:
2862         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
2863         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
2864         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
2865         Invalid = true;
2866       } else {
2867         // C++ [class.union]p2:
2868         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
2869         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
2870         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
2871         //   anonymous union is declared.
2872         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
2873         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
2874           for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(),
2875                PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI)
2876             Chaining.push_back(*PI);
2877         else
2878           Chaining.push_back(VD);
2879 
2880         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
2881         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
2882           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
2883         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
2884           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
2885 
2886         IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField =
2887           IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(),
2888                                     VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(),
2889                                     NamedChain, Chaining.size());
2890 
2891         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
2892         IndirectField->setImplicit();
2893         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
2894 
2895         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
2896         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
2897 
2898         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
2899       }
2900     }
2901   }
2902 
2903   return Invalid;
2904 }
2905 
2906 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
2907 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
2908 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
2909 static StorageClass
2910 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) {
2911   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
2912   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
2913   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:         return SC_Extern;
2914   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
2915   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
2916   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
2917   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
2918     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
2919   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
2920   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
2921   }
2922   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
2923 }
2924 
2925 /// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
2926 /// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
2927 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
2928 static StorageClass
2929 StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) {
2930   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
2931   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
2932   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:         return SC_Extern;
2933   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
2934   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
2935     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
2936   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           // Fall through.
2937   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
2938   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       // Fall through.
2939   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
2940   }
2941   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
2942 }
2943 
2944 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
2945 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
2946 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
2947 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
2948 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
2949                                              AccessSpecifier AS,
2950                                              RecordDecl *Record) {
2951   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
2952 
2953   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
2954   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
2955     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
2956   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2957     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
2958   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
2959     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
2960 
2961   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
2962   // structs/unions.
2963   bool Invalid = false;
2964   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2965     const char* PrevSpec = 0;
2966     unsigned DiagID;
2967     if (Record->isUnion()) {
2968       // C++ [class.union]p6:
2969       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
2970       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
2971       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
2972           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
2973            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
2974             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
2975         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
2976           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
2977 
2978         // Recover by adding 'static'.
2979         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
2980                                PrevSpec, DiagID);
2981       }
2982       // C++ [class.union]p6:
2983       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
2984       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
2985       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
2986                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
2987         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
2988              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
2989           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
2990 
2991         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
2992         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
2993                                SourceLocation(),
2994                                PrevSpec, DiagID);
2995       }
2996     }
2997 
2998     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
2999     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3000       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3001         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3002           << Record->isUnion() << 0
3003           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
3004       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3005         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
3006              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3007           << Record->isUnion() << 1
3008           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
3009       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3010         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3011              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3012           << Record->isUnion() << 2
3013           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
3014 
3015       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
3016     }
3017 
3018     // C++ [class.union]p2:
3019     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
3020     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
3021     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
3022     for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(),
3023                                  MemEnd = Record->decls_end();
3024          Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) {
3025       if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) {
3026         // C++ [class.union]p3:
3027         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
3028         //   members (clause 11).
3029         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
3030         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
3031           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
3032             << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
3033           Invalid = true;
3034         }
3035 
3036         // C++ [class.union]p1
3037         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
3038         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
3039         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
3040         //   array of such objects.
3041         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
3042           Invalid = true;
3043       } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) {
3044         // Any implicit members are fine.
3045       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) {
3046         // This is a type that showed up in an
3047         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
3048         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
3049         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
3050       } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) {
3051         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
3052             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
3053           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3054           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
3055             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3056               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3057           else {
3058             // This is a nested type declaration.
3059             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3060               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3061             Invalid = true;
3062           }
3063         }
3064       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) {
3065         // Any access specifier is fine.
3066       } else {
3067         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
3068         // member. Complain about it.
3069         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
3070         if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem))
3071           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
3072         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem))
3073           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
3074         else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem))
3075           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
3076 
3077         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3078         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
3079             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3080           Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3081             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3082         else {
3083           Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK)
3084               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3085           Invalid = true;
3086         }
3087       }
3088     }
3089   }
3090 
3091   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
3092     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
3093       << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
3094     Invalid = true;
3095   }
3096 
3097   // Mock up a declarator.
3098   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
3099   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3100   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
3101 
3102   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
3103   NamedDecl *Anon = 0;
3104   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3105     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
3106                              DS.getLocStart(),
3107                              Record->getLocation(),
3108                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3109                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3110                              TInfo,
3111                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
3112                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3113     Anon->setAccess(AS);
3114     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3115       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
3116   } else {
3117     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3118     assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
3119            "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
3120     VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
3121     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
3122       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
3123       // an error here
3124       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3125       Invalid = true;
3126       SC = SC_None;
3127     }
3128     SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
3129     VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
3130       = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
3131 
3132     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
3133                            DS.getLocStart(),
3134                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3135                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3136                            TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten);
3137 
3138     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
3139     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
3140     // initializer:
3141     //   union { int n = 0; };
3142     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
3143   }
3144   Anon->setImplicit();
3145 
3146   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
3147   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
3148   // its members.
3149   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
3150 
3151   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
3152   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3153   // purposes.
3154   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3155   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3156 
3157   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS,
3158                                           Chain, false))
3159     Invalid = true;
3160 
3161   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not
3162   // do this until after we have already checked and injected the
3163   // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise
3164   // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it
3165   // builds its lookup table, and once by
3166   // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers.
3167   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
3168 
3169   if (Invalid)
3170     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3171 
3172   return Anon;
3173 }
3174 
3175 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
3176 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
3177 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
3178 /// Example:
3179 ///
3180 /// struct A { int a; };
3181 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
3182 ///
3183 /// void foo() {
3184 ///   B var;
3185 ///   var.a = 3;
3186 /// }
3187 ///
3188 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3189                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
3190 
3191   // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef.
3192   if (!Record)
3193     Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl();
3194 
3195   // Mock up a declarator.
3196   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
3197   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3198   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
3199 
3200   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
3201   NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
3202                              cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext),
3203                              DS.getLocStart(),
3204                              DS.getLocStart(),
3205                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3206                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3207                              TInfo,
3208                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
3209                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3210   Anon->setImplicit();
3211 
3212   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
3213   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
3214 
3215   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
3216   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3217   // purposes.
3218   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3219   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3220 
3221   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
3222   if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext,
3223                                                         RecordDef, AS_none,
3224                                                         Chain, true))
3225     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3226 
3227   return Anon;
3228 }
3229 
3230 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
3231 /// given Declarator.
3232 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
3233   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
3234 }
3235 
3236 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
3237 DeclarationNameInfo
3238 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
3239   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
3240   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3241 
3242   switch (Name.getKind()) {
3243 
3244   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
3245   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
3246     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
3247     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3248     return NameInfo;
3249 
3250   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
3251     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
3252                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
3253     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3254     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
3255       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
3256     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
3257       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
3258     return NameInfo;
3259 
3260   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
3261     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
3262                                                            Name.Identifier));
3263     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3264     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
3265     return NameInfo;
3266 
3267   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
3268     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3269     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
3270     if (Ty.isNull())
3271       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3272     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
3273                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3274     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3275     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3276     return NameInfo;
3277   }
3278 
3279   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
3280     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3281     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
3282     if (Ty.isNull())
3283       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3284     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3285                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3286     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3287     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3288     return NameInfo;
3289   }
3290 
3291   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
3292     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
3293     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
3294     // to find the actual type being constructed.
3295     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
3296     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
3297       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3298 
3299     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
3300     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
3301 
3302     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
3303     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
3304     // was qualified.
3305 
3306     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3307                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
3308     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3309     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
3310     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0);
3311     return NameInfo;
3312   }
3313 
3314   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
3315     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3316     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
3317     if (Ty.isNull())
3318       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3319     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
3320                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3321     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3322     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3323     return NameInfo;
3324   }
3325 
3326   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
3327     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
3328     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
3329     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
3330   }
3331 
3332   } // switch (Name.getKind())
3333 
3334   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
3335 }
3336 
3337 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
3338   do {
3339     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
3340       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
3341     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
3342       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
3343     else
3344       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
3345   } while (true);
3346 }
3347 
3348 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
3349 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
3350 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
3351 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
3352 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
3353 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
3354 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
3355 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
3356                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
3357                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
3358                                      llvm::SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
3359   Params.clear();
3360   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
3361     return false;
3362   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
3363     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
3364     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
3365 
3366     // The parameter types are identical
3367     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
3368       continue;
3369 
3370     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
3371     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
3372     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3373     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3374 
3375     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
3376         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
3377       Params.push_back(Idx);
3378     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
3379       return false;
3380   }
3381 
3382   return true;
3383 }
3384 
3385 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
3386 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
3387 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
3388 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
3389 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
3390 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
3391                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
3392   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
3393   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
3394   //   - types which will become injected class names
3395   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
3396   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
3397   // few cases here.
3398 
3399   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
3400   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
3401   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
3402   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
3403   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
3404   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
3405   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
3406     // Grab the type from the parser.
3407     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0;
3408     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
3409     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
3410 
3411     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
3412     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
3413     // attached already.
3414     if (!TSI)
3415       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
3416 
3417     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
3418     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
3419     if (!TSI) return true;
3420 
3421     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
3422     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
3423     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
3424     break;
3425   }
3426 
3427   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
3428     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
3429     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
3430     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
3431     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
3432     break;
3433   }
3434 
3435   default:
3436     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
3437     break;
3438   }
3439 
3440   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
3441   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
3442     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
3443 
3444     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
3445     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
3446     // pointer.
3447     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
3448       continue;
3449 
3450     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
3451     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
3452     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
3453       return true;
3454   }
3455 
3456   return false;
3457 }
3458 
3459 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
3460   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
3461   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
3462 
3463   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
3464       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
3465     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
3466 
3467   return Dcl;
3468 }
3469 
3470 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
3471 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
3472 ///   name different from T:
3473 ///     - every static data member of class T;
3474 ///     - every member function of class T
3475 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
3476 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
3477 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
3478                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
3479   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
3480 
3481   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
3482     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
3483       Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
3484       return true;
3485     }
3486 
3487   return false;
3488 }
3489 
3490 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
3491 /// nested-name-specifier.
3492 ///
3493 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
3494 ///
3495 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
3496 /// resolves.
3497 ///
3498 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
3499 ///
3500 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
3501 ///
3502 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
3503 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
3504                                         DeclarationName Name,
3505                                       SourceLocation Loc) {
3506   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
3507   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur))
3508     Cur = Cur->getParent();
3509 
3510   // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
3511   //   A declarator-id shall not be qualified except for the definition
3512   //   of a member function (9.3) or static data member (9.4) outside of
3513   //   its class, the definition or explicit instantiation of a function
3514   //   or variable member of a namespace outside of its namespace, or the
3515   //   definition of an explicit specialization outside of its namespace,
3516   //   or the declaration of a friend function that is a member of
3517   //   another class or namespace (11.3). [...]
3518 
3519   // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
3520   // class or namespaces in which the entity is already declared.
3521   //
3522   // class X {
3523   //   void X::f();
3524   // };
3525   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
3526     Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
3527                                    : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
3528       << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
3529     SS.clear();
3530     return false;
3531   }
3532 
3533   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
3534   // declaration.
3535   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
3536     if (Cur->isRecord())
3537       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
3538         << Name << SS.getRange();
3539     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
3540       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
3541         << Name << SS.getRange();
3542     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
3543       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
3544         << Name << SS.getRange();
3545     else
3546       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
3547       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
3548 
3549     return true;
3550   }
3551 
3552   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
3553     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
3554     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
3555       << Name << SS.getRange();
3556     SS.clear();
3557 
3558     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
3559     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
3560     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
3561     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
3562          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
3563         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
3564                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
3565       return true;
3566 
3567     return false;
3568   }
3569 
3570   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
3571   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
3572   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
3573   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
3574   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
3575     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
3576   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
3577         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
3578     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
3579       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
3580 
3581   return false;
3582 }
3583 
3584 Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
3585                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
3586   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
3587   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
3588   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
3589 
3590   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
3591   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
3592   if (!Name) {
3593     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
3594       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
3595            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
3596         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
3597     return 0;
3598   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
3599     return 0;
3600 
3601   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
3602   // we find one that is.
3603   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
3604          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
3605     S = S->getParent();
3606 
3607   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
3608   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
3609     D.setInvalidType();
3610   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
3611     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
3612                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
3613       return 0;
3614 
3615     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
3616     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
3617     if (!DC) {
3618       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
3619       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
3620       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
3621       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
3622       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3623            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
3624         << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
3625         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3626       return 0;
3627     }
3628     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
3629 
3630     if (!IsDependentContext &&
3631         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
3632       return 0;
3633 
3634     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
3635       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3636            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
3637         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3638       D.setInvalidType();
3639     } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
3640       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
3641                                       Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
3642         if (DC->isRecord())
3643           return 0;
3644 
3645         D.setInvalidType();
3646       }
3647     }
3648 
3649     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
3650     // declaration in the current instantiation.
3651     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
3652         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
3653       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
3654       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
3655         D.setInvalidType();
3656     }
3657   }
3658 
3659   if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
3660     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
3661     // Just return early; it's safer.
3662     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3663       return 0;
3664 
3665   NamedDecl *New;
3666 
3667   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
3668   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
3669 
3670   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
3671                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
3672     D.setInvalidType();
3673 
3674   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
3675                         ForRedeclaration);
3676 
3677   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
3678   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
3679     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
3680 
3681     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
3682     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
3683     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
3684     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3685       /* Do nothing*/;
3686     else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
3687       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
3688           D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
3689         IsLinkageLookup = true;
3690     } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern)
3691       IsLinkageLookup = true;
3692     else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
3693              D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
3694       IsLinkageLookup = true;
3695 
3696     if (IsLinkageLookup)
3697       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
3698 
3699     LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup);
3700   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
3701     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
3702 
3703     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
3704     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
3705     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
3706     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
3707     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
3708     //  thereof; [...]
3709     //
3710     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
3711     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
3712     // we want to match. For example, given:
3713     //
3714     //   class X {
3715     //     void f();
3716     //     void f(float);
3717     //   };
3718     //
3719     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
3720     //
3721     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
3722     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
3723     // matches.
3724 
3725     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
3726     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
3727     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
3728     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
3729     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
3730   }
3731 
3732   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
3733       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
3734     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
3735     if (!D.isInvalidType())
3736       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3737                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
3738 
3739     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
3740     Previous.clear();
3741   }
3742 
3743   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
3744   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
3745   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
3746   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
3747   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
3748       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3749     Previous.clear();
3750 
3751   bool AddToScope = true;
3752   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3753     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
3754       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
3755       return 0;
3756     }
3757 
3758     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
3759   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
3760     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
3761                                   TemplateParamLists,
3762                                   AddToScope);
3763   } else {
3764     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
3765                                   TemplateParamLists);
3766   }
3767 
3768   if (New == 0)
3769     return 0;
3770 
3771   // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
3772   // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
3773   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope &&
3774        !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl()))
3775     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
3776 
3777   return New;
3778 }
3779 
3780 /// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array
3781 /// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise
3782 /// be errors (for GCC compatibility).
3783 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
3784                                                     ASTContext &Context,
3785                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
3786                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
3787   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
3788   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
3789   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
3790   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
3791   SizeIsNegative = false;
3792   Oversized = 0;
3793 
3794   if (T->isDependentType())
3795     return QualType();
3796 
3797   QualifierCollector Qs;
3798   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
3799 
3800   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
3801     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
3802     QualType FixedType =
3803         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
3804                                             Oversized);
3805     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
3806     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
3807     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
3808   }
3809   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
3810     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
3811     QualType FixedType =
3812         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
3813                                             Oversized);
3814     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
3815     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
3816     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
3817   }
3818 
3819   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
3820   if (!VLATy)
3821     return QualType();
3822   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
3823   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
3824     return QualType();
3825 
3826   llvm::APSInt Res;
3827   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
3828       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
3829     return QualType();
3830 
3831   // Check whether the array size is negative.
3832   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
3833     SizeIsNegative = true;
3834     return QualType();
3835   }
3836 
3837   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
3838   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
3839     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
3840                                               Res);
3841   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
3842     Oversized = Res;
3843     return QualType();
3844   }
3845 
3846   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
3847                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
3848 }
3849 
3850 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so
3851 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations
3852 void
3853 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND,
3854                                        const LookupResult &Previous,
3855                                        Scope *S) {
3856   assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
3857          "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!");
3858   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
3859   LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND;
3860 
3861   if (!Previous.isSingleResult())
3862     return;
3863 
3864   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
3865 
3866   // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be
3867   // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new
3868   // declaration.
3869   if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) {
3870     // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver
3871     // chain, so remove it from its scope.
3872 
3873     if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
3874       // Special case for redeclarations in the SAME scope.
3875       // Because this declaration is going to be added to the identifier chain
3876       // later, we should temporarily take it OFF the chain.
3877       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ND);
3878 
3879     } else {
3880       // Find the scope for the original declaration.
3881       while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl))
3882         S = S->getParent();
3883     }
3884 
3885     if (S)
3886       S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl);
3887   }
3888 }
3889 
3890 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator
3891 Sema::findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
3892   if (ExternalSource) {
3893     // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source.
3894     SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls;
3895     ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternalDecls(Decls);
3896     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) {
3897       llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
3898         = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName());
3899       if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end())
3900         LocallyScopedExternalDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I];
3901     }
3902   }
3903 
3904   return LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Name);
3905 }
3906 
3907 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
3908 /// does not identify a function.
3909 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) {
3910   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
3911   // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
3912   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified())
3913     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
3914          diag::err_inline_non_function);
3915 
3916   if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified())
3917     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
3918          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
3919 
3920   if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified())
3921     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
3922          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
3923 }
3924 
3925 NamedDecl*
3926 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
3927                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
3928   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
3929   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
3930     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
3931       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3932     D.setInvalidType();
3933     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
3934     DC = CurContext;
3935     Previous.clear();
3936   }
3937 
3938   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3939     // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only).
3940     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
3941   }
3942 
3943   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
3944 
3945   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
3946     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
3947   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
3948     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
3949       << 1;
3950 
3951   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
3952     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
3953       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
3954     return 0;
3955   }
3956 
3957   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
3958   if (!NewTD) return 0;
3959 
3960   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
3961   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
3962 
3963   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
3964 
3965   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
3966   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
3967   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
3968   return ND;
3969 }
3970 
3971 void
3972 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
3973   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
3974   // then it shall have block scope.
3975   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
3976   // that redeclarations will match.
3977   QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType();
3978   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
3979     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
3980 
3981     if (S->getFnParent() == 0) {
3982       bool SizeIsNegative;
3983       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
3984       QualType FixedTy =
3985           TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative,
3986                                               Oversized);
3987       if (!FixedTy.isNull()) {
3988         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
3989         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy));
3990       } else {
3991         if (SizeIsNegative)
3992           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
3993         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
3994           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
3995         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
3996           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
3997             << Oversized.toString(10);
3998         else
3999           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
4000         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
4001       }
4002     }
4003   }
4004 }
4005 
4006 
4007 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
4008 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
4009 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
4010 NamedDecl*
4011 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
4012                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
4013   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
4014   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
4015   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false,
4016                        /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false);
4017   if (!Previous.empty()) {
4018     Redeclaration = true;
4019     MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous);
4020   }
4021 
4022   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
4023   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
4024     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
4025         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
4026       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
4027         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
4028       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
4029         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4030       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
4031         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4032       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
4033         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
4034     }
4035 
4036   return NewTD;
4037 }
4038 
4039 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
4040 /// previous declaration.
4041 ///
4042 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
4043 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
4044 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
4045 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
4046 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
4047 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
4048 ///
4049 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
4050 /// lookup
4051 ///
4052 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
4053 /// declared.
4054 ///
4055 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
4056 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
4057 static bool
4058 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
4059                                 ASTContext &Context) {
4060   if (!PrevDecl)
4061     return false;
4062 
4063   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
4064     return false;
4065 
4066   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4067     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
4068     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
4069     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
4070     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
4071     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
4072     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
4073     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
4074     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
4075       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
4076       return false;
4077 
4078     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
4079     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
4080       // We found a member function: ignore it.
4081       return false;
4082 
4083     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
4084     // previous declarations.
4085     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4086     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4087 
4088     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
4089     // isn't the same function.
4090     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
4091       return false;
4092   }
4093 
4094   return true;
4095 }
4096 
4097 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
4098   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
4099   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
4100   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
4101 }
4102 
4103 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
4104   QualType type = decl->getType();
4105   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
4106   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
4107     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
4108     unsigned kind = -1U;
4109     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4110       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
4111         kind = 0; // __block
4112       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
4113         kind = 1; // global
4114     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
4115       kind = 3; // ivar
4116     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
4117       kind = 2; // field
4118     }
4119 
4120     if (kind != -1U) {
4121       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
4122         << kind;
4123     }
4124   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
4125     // Try to infer lifetime.
4126     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
4127       return false;
4128 
4129     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
4130     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
4131     decl->setType(type);
4132   }
4133 
4134   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4135     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
4136     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
4137         var->isThreadSpecified()) {
4138       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
4139         << var->getType();
4140       return true;
4141     }
4142   }
4143 
4144   return false;
4145 }
4146 
4147 NamedDecl*
4148 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
4149                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
4150                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
4151   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4152   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
4153 
4154   // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only).
4155   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4156     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
4157 
4158   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
4159   assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
4160          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
4161   VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
4162   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
4163     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
4164     // an error here
4165     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4166     D.setInvalidType();
4167     SC = SC_None;
4168   }
4169   SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
4170   VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
4171     = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
4172 
4173   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
4174   if (!II) {
4175     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
4176       << Name;
4177     return 0;
4178   }
4179 
4180   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
4181 
4182   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) {
4183     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
4184     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
4185     if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) {
4186 
4187       // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this
4188       // is a GNU extension.
4189       if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel())
4190         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register);
4191       else
4192         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
4193       D.setInvalidType();
4194     }
4195   }
4196 
4197   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
4198     // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the
4199     // OpenCL __local address space.
4200     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local)
4201       SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal;
4202   }
4203 
4204   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
4205   VarDecl *NewVD;
4206   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4207     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
4208                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
4209                             R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten);
4210 
4211     if (D.isInvalidType())
4212       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4213   } else {
4214     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
4215       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
4216       if (SC == SC_Static) {
4217         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4218              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
4219           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
4220       } else if (SC == SC_None)
4221         SC = SC_Static;
4222     }
4223     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
4224       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
4225         if (RD->isLocalClass())
4226           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4227                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
4228             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
4229 
4230         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
4231         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
4232         if (RD->isUnion())
4233           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4234                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x
4235                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
4236                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
4237         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
4238         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
4239           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4240                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
4241             << Name << RD->isUnion();
4242       }
4243     }
4244 
4245     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
4246     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
4247     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
4248     bool Invalid = false;
4249     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
4250         = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
4251                                   D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
4252                                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4253                                                   D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4254                                                   TemplateParamLists.data(),
4255                                                   TemplateParamLists.size(),
4256                                                   /*never a friend*/ false,
4257                                                   isExplicitSpecialization,
4258                                                   Invalid)) {
4259       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
4260         // There is no such thing as a variable template.
4261         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable)
4262           << II
4263           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
4264                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
4265         return 0;
4266       } else {
4267         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
4268         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
4269         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
4270              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
4271           << II
4272           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
4273                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
4274       }
4275     }
4276 
4277     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
4278                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
4279                             R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten);
4280 
4281     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
4282     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
4283     if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto &&
4284         R->getContainedAutoType())
4285       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
4286 
4287     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid)
4288       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4289 
4290     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
4291 
4292     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4293       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
4294                                            TemplateParamLists.size(),
4295                                            TemplateParamLists.data());
4296     }
4297 
4298     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
4299       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
4300   }
4301 
4302   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
4303   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
4304   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
4305 
4306   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) {
4307     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
4308       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global);
4309     else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported())
4310       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported);
4311     else
4312       NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true);
4313   }
4314 
4315   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
4316     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
4317       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
4318         << 2
4319         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
4320     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
4321       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
4322         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
4323         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
4324         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
4325     else
4326       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
4327   }
4328 
4329   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
4330   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
4331 
4332   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
4333     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
4334     // storage [duration]."
4335     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != 0 &&
4336        (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>()))
4337       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
4338   }
4339 
4340   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
4341   // retainable type.
4342   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
4343     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4344 
4345   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
4346   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
4347     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
4348     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
4349     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
4350     if (S->getFnParent() != 0) {
4351       switch (SC) {
4352       case SC_None:
4353       case SC_Auto:
4354         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
4355         break;
4356       case SC_Register:
4357         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
4358           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
4359         break;
4360       case SC_Static:
4361       case SC_Extern:
4362       case SC_PrivateExtern:
4363       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
4364         break;
4365       }
4366     }
4367 
4368     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
4369                                                 Context, Label));
4370   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
4371     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
4372       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
4373     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
4374       NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
4375       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
4376     }
4377   }
4378 
4379   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
4380   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet())
4381     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
4382 
4383   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
4384   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
4385   // declaration has linkage).
4386   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(),
4387                        isExplicitSpecialization);
4388 
4389   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4390     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
4391   } else {
4392     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
4393     if (!Previous.empty()) {
4394       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
4395           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
4396           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4397         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
4398         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
4399         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
4400           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4401         Previous.clear();
4402         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4403       }
4404     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4405       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
4406       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
4407         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
4408         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4409       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4410     }
4411 
4412     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
4413 
4414     // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it.
4415     if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
4416         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
4417       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4418   }
4419 
4420   // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of
4421   // such variables.
4422   if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() &&
4423       !NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
4424     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S);
4425 
4426   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
4427   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
4428   if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord())
4429     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD);
4430 
4431   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD);
4432 
4433   return NewVD;
4434 }
4435 
4436 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
4437 /// -Wshadow.
4438 ///
4439 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
4440 /// scope.
4441 ///
4442 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
4443 /// \param R the lookup of the name
4444 ///
4445 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
4446   // Return if warning is ignored.
4447   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) ==
4448         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
4449     return;
4450 
4451   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
4452   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
4453     return;
4454 
4455   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
4456 
4457   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
4458   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
4459     return;
4460 
4461   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
4462   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
4463     return;
4464 
4465   // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
4466   if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
4467     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
4468       if (MD->isStatic())
4469         return;
4470 
4471   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
4472     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
4473       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
4474       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
4475       for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator
4476              I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end();
4477            I != E; ++I)
4478         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
4479           ShadowedDecl = *I;
4480           break;
4481         }
4482     }
4483 
4484   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
4485 
4486   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
4487   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
4488     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
4489     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
4490       return;
4491 
4492     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
4493     // static data members from base classes?
4494 
4495     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
4496     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
4497     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
4498   }
4499 
4500   // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
4501   unsigned Kind;
4502   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
4503     if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
4504       Kind = 3; // field
4505     else
4506       Kind = 2; // static data member
4507   } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
4508     Kind = 1; // global
4509   else
4510     Kind = 0; // local
4511 
4512   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
4513 
4514   // Emit warning and note.
4515   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
4516   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4517 }
4518 
4519 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
4520 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
4521   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) ==
4522         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
4523     return;
4524 
4525   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
4526                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
4527   LookupName(R, S);
4528   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
4529 }
4530 
4531 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
4532 /// declaration.
4533 ///
4534 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
4535 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
4536 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
4537 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
4538 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
4539 ///
4540 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
4541 ///
4542 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
4543 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD,
4544                                     LookupResult &Previous) {
4545   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
4546   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
4547     return false;
4548 
4549   QualType T = NewVD->getType();
4550 
4551   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
4552     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
4553       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
4554     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
4555     NewVD->setType(T);
4556   }
4557 
4558   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
4559   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
4560   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
4561   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
4562   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
4563     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
4564     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4565     return false;
4566   }
4567 
4568   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program
4569   // scope.
4570   if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
4571       && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
4572     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
4573     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4574     return false;
4575   }
4576 
4577   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
4578       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
4579     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
4580       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
4581     else
4582       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
4583   }
4584 
4585   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
4586   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
4587       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
4588     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
4589 
4590   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
4591       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
4592     bool SizeIsNegative;
4593     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
4594     QualType FixedTy =
4595         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4596                                             Oversized);
4597 
4598     if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
4599       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
4600       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
4601       // int a[10][n];
4602       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
4603 
4604       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
4605         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
4606         << SizeRange;
4607       else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
4608         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
4609         << SizeRange;
4610       else
4611         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
4612         << SizeRange;
4613       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4614       return false;
4615     }
4616 
4617     if (FixedTy.isNull()) {
4618       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
4619         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
4620       else
4621         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
4622       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4623       return false;
4624     }
4625 
4626     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
4627     NewVD->setType(FixedTy);
4628   }
4629 
4630   if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) {
4631     // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring
4632     // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C"
4633     // declaration with the same name.
4634     llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
4635       = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewVD->getDeclName());
4636     if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end())
4637       Previous.addDecl(Pos->second);
4638   }
4639 
4640   if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) {
4641     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
4642       << T;
4643     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4644     return false;
4645   }
4646 
4647   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
4648     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
4649     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4650     return false;
4651   }
4652 
4653   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
4654     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
4655     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4656     return false;
4657   }
4658 
4659   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
4660       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
4661                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
4662     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4663     return false;
4664   }
4665 
4666   if (!Previous.empty()) {
4667     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
4668     return true;
4669   }
4670   return false;
4671 }
4672 
4673 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod
4674 struct FindOverriddenMethodData {
4675   Sema *S;
4676   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
4677 };
4678 
4679 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
4680 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
4681 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
4682 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
4683                                  CXXBasePath &Path,
4684                                  void *UserData) {
4685   RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
4686 
4687   FindOverriddenMethodData *Data
4688     = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData);
4689 
4690   DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName();
4691 
4692   // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
4693   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
4694     // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
4695     QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
4696     CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
4697 
4698     Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
4699   }
4700 
4701   for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
4702        Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second;
4703        ++Path.Decls.first) {
4704     NamedDecl *D = *Path.Decls.first;
4705     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
4706       if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false))
4707         return true;
4708     }
4709   }
4710 
4711   return false;
4712 }
4713 
4714 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
4715 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
4716 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
4717   // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override.
4718   CXXBasePaths Paths;
4719   FindOverriddenMethodData Data;
4720   Data.Method = MD;
4721   Data.S = this;
4722   bool AddedAny = false;
4723   if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) {
4724     for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(),
4725          E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4726       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) {
4727         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
4728         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
4729             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
4730             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
4731           AddedAny = true;
4732         }
4733       }
4734     }
4735   }
4736 
4737   return AddedAny;
4738 }
4739 
4740 namespace {
4741   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
4742   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
4743   struct ActOnFDArgs {
4744     Scope *S;
4745     Declarator &D;
4746     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
4747     bool AddToScope;
4748   };
4749 }
4750 
4751 namespace {
4752 
4753 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
4754 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
4755 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
4756  public:
4757   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
4758                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
4759       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
4760         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {}
4761 
4762   virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
4763     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
4764       return false;
4765 
4766     llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
4767     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
4768                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
4769          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
4770       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
4771 
4772       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
4773           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
4774         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
4775           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
4776           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
4777             return true;
4778         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
4779           return true;
4780         }
4781       }
4782     }
4783 
4784     return false;
4785   }
4786 
4787  private:
4788   ASTContext &Context;
4789   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
4790   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
4791 };
4792 
4793 }
4794 
4795 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
4796 ///
4797 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
4798 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
4799 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
4800 /// the same name.
4801 ///
4802 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
4803 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
4804 static NamedDecl* DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
4805     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
4806     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs) {
4807   NamedDecl *Result = NULL;
4808   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
4809   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
4810   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
4811                     Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
4812   llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
4813   llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
4814   TypoCorrection Correction;
4815   bool isFriendDecl = (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4816                        ExtraArgs.D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified());
4817   unsigned DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
4818                                   : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match;
4819 
4820   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
4821   SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
4822   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
4823          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
4824   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
4825   DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD,
4826                                       MD ? MD->getParent() : 0);
4827   if (!Prev.empty()) {
4828     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
4829          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
4830       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
4831       if (FD &&
4832           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
4833         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
4834         // involve a parameter
4835         unsigned ParamNum =
4836             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
4837         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
4838       }
4839     }
4840   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
4841   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(Prev.getLookupNameInfo(),
4842                                          Prev.getLookupKind(), 0, 0,
4843                                          Validator, NewDC))) {
4844     // Trap errors.
4845     Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
4846 
4847     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
4848     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
4849                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
4850     Previous.clear();
4851     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
4852     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
4853                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
4854          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
4855       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
4856       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
4857           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
4858         Previous.addDecl(FD);
4859       }
4860     }
4861     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
4862     // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
4863     // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaraction and hopefully
4864     // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
4865     Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
4866         ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
4867         Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
4868         NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
4869         ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
4870     if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) {
4871       // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
4872       ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
4873                                 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
4874       ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
4875       Previous.clear();
4876       Previous.setLookupName(Name);
4877       Result = NULL;
4878     } else {
4879       for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Previous.begin(),
4880                                FuncEnd = Previous.end();
4881            Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
4882         if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func))
4883           NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, 0));
4884       }
4885     }
4886     if (NearMatches.empty()) {
4887       // Ignore the correction if it didn't yield any close FunctionDecl matches
4888       Correction = TypoCorrection();
4889     } else {
4890       DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
4891                              : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_suggest;
4892     }
4893   }
4894 
4895   if (Correction) {
4896     SourceRange FixItLoc(NewFD->getLocation());
4897     CXXScopeSpec &SS = ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec();
4898     if (Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier() && SS.isValid())
4899       FixItLoc.setBegin(SS.getBeginLoc());
4900     SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocStart(), DiagMsg)
4901         << Name << NewDC << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts())
4902         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
4903             FixItLoc, Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts()));
4904   } else {
4905     SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
4906         << Name << NewDC << NewFD->getLocation();
4907   }
4908 
4909   bool NewFDisConst = false;
4910   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
4911     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
4912 
4913   for (llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1>::iterator
4914        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
4915        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
4916     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
4917     bool FDisConst = false;
4918     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
4919       FDisConst = MD->isConst();
4920 
4921     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
4922       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
4923       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
4924       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
4925       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_def_close_param_match)
4926           << Idx << FDParam->getType() << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx-1)->getType();
4927     } else if (Correction) {
4928       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
4929           << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
4930     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
4931       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
4932           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
4933     } else
4934       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match);
4935   }
4936   return Result;
4937 }
4938 
4939 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef,
4940                                                           Declarator &D) {
4941   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
4942   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
4943   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
4944   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
4945   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
4946     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4947                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
4948     D.setInvalidType();
4949     break;
4950   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
4951   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern;
4952   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
4953     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
4954       // C99 6.7.1p5:
4955       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
4956       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
4957       //   other than extern
4958       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
4959       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4960                    diag::err_static_block_func);
4961       break;
4962     } else
4963       return SC_Static;
4964   }
4965   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
4966   }
4967 
4968   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
4969   return SC_None;
4970 }
4971 
4972 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
4973                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
4974                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4975                                            FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC,
4976                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
4977   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4978   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4979 
4980   FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0;
4981   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
4982   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
4983   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
4984     = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
4985 
4986   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4987     // Determine whether the function was written with a
4988     // prototype. This true when:
4989     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
4990     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
4991     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
4992     bool HasPrototype =
4993       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
4994       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
4995 
4996     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
4997                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
4998                                  TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline,
4999                                  HasPrototype);
5000     if (D.isInvalidType())
5001       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5002 
5003     // Set the lexical context.
5004     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext);
5005 
5006     return NewFD;
5007   }
5008 
5009   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
5010   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
5011 
5012   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
5013   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
5014   // the class has been completely parsed.
5015   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
5016       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5017                                      R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(),
5018                                      diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
5019                                      SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
5020     D.setInvalidType();
5021 
5022   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
5023     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
5024     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
5025            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
5026 
5027     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
5028     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
5029                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
5030                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
5031                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
5032                                       isConstexpr);
5033 
5034   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
5035     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
5036     if (DC->isRecord()) {
5037       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
5038       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
5039       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
5040                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
5041                                         D.getLocStart(),
5042                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
5043                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
5044 
5045       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
5046       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
5047       // it yet.
5048       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && !Record->isDependentType() &&
5049           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
5050           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
5051         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
5052       }
5053 
5054       IsVirtualOkay = true;
5055       return NewDD;
5056 
5057     } else {
5058       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
5059       D.setInvalidType();
5060 
5061       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
5062       // code path.
5063       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
5064                                   D.getLocStart(),
5065                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
5066                                   SC, SCAsWritten, isInline,
5067                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
5068     }
5069 
5070   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
5071     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
5072       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5073            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
5074       return 0;
5075     }
5076 
5077     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
5078     IsVirtualOkay = true;
5079     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
5080                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
5081                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
5082                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
5083 
5084   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
5085     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
5086     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
5087     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
5088     // constructor if it has no return type).
5089     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
5090         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
5091       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
5092         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
5093         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
5094       return 0;
5095     }
5096 
5097     bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static;
5098 
5099     // [class.free]p1:
5100     // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member
5101     // (even if not explicitly declared static).
5102     if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New ||
5103         Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New)
5104       isStatic = true;
5105 
5106     // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member
5107     // (even if not explicitly declared static).
5108     if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
5109         Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete)
5110       isStatic = true;
5111 
5112     IsVirtualOkay = !isStatic;
5113 
5114     // This is a C++ method declaration.
5115     return CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
5116                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
5117                                  TInfo, isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline,
5118                                  isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
5119 
5120   } else {
5121     // Determine whether the function was written with a
5122     // prototype. This true when:
5123     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
5124     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
5125                                 D.getLocStart(),
5126                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline,
5127                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
5128   }
5129 }
5130 
5131 NamedDecl*
5132 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
5133                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
5134                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
5135                               bool &AddToScope) {
5136   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5137 
5138   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
5139 
5140   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
5141   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
5142   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
5143   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
5144 
5145   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
5146     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
5147 
5148   // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5149   if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) {
5150     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5151          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0
5152     << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()
5153     << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getIdentifierLoc(), "*");
5154 
5155     QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
5156     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
5157     if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
5158       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
5159       R = Context.getFunctionType(T, FPT->arg_type_begin(),
5160                                   FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI);
5161     }
5162     else if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(R))
5163       R = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(T);
5164   }
5165 
5166   bool isFriend = false;
5167   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
5168   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
5169   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
5170 
5171   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
5172   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
5173   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
5174 
5175   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
5176 
5177   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
5178                                               isVirtualOkay);
5179   if (!NewFD) return 0;
5180 
5181   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
5182     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
5183 
5184   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5185     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
5186     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
5187     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
5188     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
5189     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
5190     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
5191       // C++ [class.friend]p5
5192       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
5193       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
5194       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
5195     }
5196 
5197     // if this is a method defined in an __interface, set pure
5198     // (isVirtual will already return true)
5199     if (CXXRecordDecl *Parent = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
5200         NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
5201       if (Parent->getTagKind() == TTK_Interface)
5202         NewFD->setPure(true);
5203     }
5204 
5205     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
5206     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
5207     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
5208     if (D.isInvalidType())
5209       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5210 
5211     // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++
5212     // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the
5213     // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
5214     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5215 
5216     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
5217     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
5218     bool Invalid = false;
5219     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
5220           = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5221                                   D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
5222                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5223                                   D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
5224                                   TemplateParamLists.data(),
5225                                   TemplateParamLists.size(),
5226                                   isFriend,
5227                                   isExplicitSpecialization,
5228                                   Invalid)) {
5229       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
5230         // This is a function template
5231 
5232         // Check that we can declare a template here.
5233         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
5234           return 0;
5235 
5236         // A destructor cannot be a template.
5237         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
5238           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
5239           return 0;
5240         }
5241 
5242         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
5243         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
5244         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
5245         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
5246           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
5247           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
5248             Invalid = true;
5249         }
5250 
5251 
5252         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
5253                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
5254                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
5255                                                         NewFD);
5256         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5257         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
5258 
5259         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
5260         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
5261           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
5262                                                TemplateParamLists.size() - 1,
5263                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
5264         }
5265       } else {
5266         // This is a function template specialization.
5267         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
5268         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
5269         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
5270                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
5271                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
5272 
5273         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
5274         if (isFriend) {
5275           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
5276           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
5277 
5278           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
5279           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
5280           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
5281           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
5282           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
5283           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
5284           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5285             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
5286             InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
5287           }
5288 
5289           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
5290             << Name << RemoveRange
5291             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
5292             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
5293         }
5294       }
5295     }
5296     else {
5297       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
5298       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
5299       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
5300         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
5301         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
5302                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
5303                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
5304     }
5305 
5306     if (Invalid) {
5307       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5308       if (FunctionTemplate)
5309         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5310     }
5311 
5312     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
5313     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
5314     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
5315     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
5316     //
5317     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5318       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
5319         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
5320              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
5321       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
5322         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
5323         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
5324              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
5325           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
5326       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
5327         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
5328         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
5329         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
5330              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
5331           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
5332       } else {
5333         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
5334         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
5335       }
5336     }
5337 
5338     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
5339     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
5340     //  declaration.
5341     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5342       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
5343         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
5344         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
5345              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
5346           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
5347       }
5348     }
5349 
5350     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
5351     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
5352     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
5353     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
5354     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5355       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
5356         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
5357         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
5358              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
5359           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
5360       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
5361                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
5362         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
5363         // or conversion function.
5364         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
5365              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
5366           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
5367       }
5368     }
5369 
5370     if (isConstexpr) {
5371       // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
5372       // are implicitly inline.
5373       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
5374 
5375       // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
5376       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
5377       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
5378       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
5379         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
5380     }
5381 
5382     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
5383     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
5384       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
5385         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
5386           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
5387         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5388           << 0
5389           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
5390       } else {
5391         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
5392         if (FunctionTemplate)
5393           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
5394       }
5395     }
5396 
5397     if (isFriend) {
5398       // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration.
5399       if (FunctionTemplate) {
5400         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false);
5401         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
5402       }
5403       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false);
5404       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
5405     }
5406 
5407     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
5408     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
5409       case FDK_Declaration:
5410       case FDK_Definition:
5411         break;
5412 
5413       case FDK_Defaulted:
5414         NewFD->setDefaulted();
5415         break;
5416 
5417       case FDK_Deleted:
5418         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
5419         break;
5420     }
5421 
5422     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
5423         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
5424       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
5425       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
5426       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
5427       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
5428     }
5429 
5430     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
5431         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
5432       // C++ [class.static]p1:
5433       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
5434       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
5435       //   the class.
5436 
5437       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
5438       // member function definition.
5439       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5440            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
5441         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5442     }
5443   }
5444 
5445   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
5446   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(),
5447                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
5448                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
5449 
5450   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
5451   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
5452     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
5453     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
5454     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
5455                                                 SE->getString()));
5456   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
5457     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
5458       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
5459     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
5460       NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
5461       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
5462     }
5463   }
5464 
5465   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
5466   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
5467   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
5468   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
5469     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
5470 
5471     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
5472     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
5473     // single void argument.
5474     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
5475     // already checks for that case.
5476     if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
5477         FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param &&
5478         cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) {
5479       // Empty arg list, don't push any params.
5480       ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param);
5481 
5482       // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a
5483       // typedef of void is not permitted.
5484       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5485           Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) {
5486         bool IsTypeAlias = false;
5487         if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>())
5488           IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl());
5489         else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST =
5490                    Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>())
5491           IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias();
5492         Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void)
5493           << IsTypeAlias;
5494       }
5495     } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) {
5496       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) {
5497         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param);
5498         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
5499         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
5500         Params.push_back(Param);
5501 
5502         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
5503           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5504       }
5505     }
5506 
5507   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
5508     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
5509     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
5510     // parameters for use in the declaration.
5511     //
5512     // @code
5513     // typedef void fn(int);
5514     // fn f;
5515     // @endcode
5516 
5517     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
5518     for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(),
5519          AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) {
5520       ParmVarDecl *Param =
5521         BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI);
5522       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
5523       Params.push_back(Param);
5524     }
5525   } else {
5526     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
5527            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
5528   }
5529 
5530   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
5531   NewFD->setParams(Params);
5532 
5533   // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function
5534   // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in:
5535   //
5536   //   void f(enum Y {AA} x) {}
5537   //
5538   // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope.
5539   NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope);
5540   DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear();
5541 
5542   // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration.
5543   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D,
5544                         /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false);
5545 
5546   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
5547   // because all functions have linkage.
5548   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5549       NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
5550     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
5551     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5552   }
5553 
5554   // Handle attributes.
5555   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D,
5556                         /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true);
5557 
5558   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5559     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
5560     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
5561     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5562       if (NewFD->isMain())
5563         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
5564       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
5565                                                   isExplicitSpecialization));
5566     }
5567     // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration.
5568     else if (!Previous.empty())
5569            D.setRedeclaration(true);
5570     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
5571             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
5572            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
5573   } else {
5574     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
5575     // argument list into our AST format.
5576     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5577       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
5578       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
5579       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
5580       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
5581                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
5582       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
5583                                  TemplateArgs);
5584 
5585       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
5586 
5587       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5588         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
5589       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
5590         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
5591         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
5592           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
5593 
5594         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
5595       } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
5596                  !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
5597         // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a
5598         // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template
5599         // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had
5600         // too few of them).
5601         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header)
5602           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc)
5603           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
5604                                     D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
5605                                         "template<> ");
5606         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
5607       } else {
5608         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
5609         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
5610       }
5611     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
5612       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
5613       // wrote something like:
5614       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
5615       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
5616       //   friend void foo<>(int);
5617       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
5618       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
5619         TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
5620       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
5621     }
5622 
5623     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
5624     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
5625     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
5626     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
5627     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
5628     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
5629         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
5630          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
5631             TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(),
5632             InstantiationDependent))) {
5633       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
5634              "friend function specialization without template args");
5635       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
5636                                                        Previous))
5637         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5638     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
5639       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
5640           && !isFriend) {
5641         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
5642         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
5643           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
5644           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
5645           << NewFD->getDeclName();
5646       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
5647                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0),
5648                                                      Previous))
5649         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5650 
5651       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
5652       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
5653       //   specialization (14.7.3)
5654       if (SC != SC_None) {
5655         if (SC != NewFD->getStorageClass())
5656           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
5657                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
5658             << SC
5659             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5660                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5661 
5662         else
5663           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
5664                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
5665             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5666                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5667       }
5668 
5669     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
5670       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
5671           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5672     }
5673 
5674     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
5675     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
5676       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5677         // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately.
5678         // This avoids some consistency errors later.
5679         if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
5680           methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl();
5681       } else {
5682         if (NewFD->isMain())
5683           CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
5684         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
5685                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
5686       }
5687     }
5688 
5689     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
5690             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
5691            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
5692 
5693     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
5694                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
5695                                 : NewFD);
5696 
5697     if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) {
5698       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
5699       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
5700         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
5701 
5702       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
5703       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
5704 
5705       PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true);
5706     }
5707 
5708     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
5709         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
5710       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
5711 
5712     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
5713     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
5714     if (FunctionTemplate) {
5715       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
5716                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
5717       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
5718                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0,
5719                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
5720                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
5721                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
5722                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
5723                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
5724                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
5725                                  DC->isDependentContext())
5726                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
5727                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
5728     }
5729 
5730     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5731       // Ignore all the rest of this.
5732     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
5733       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
5734                                        AddToScope };
5735       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
5736       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
5737         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
5738 
5739       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
5740       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5741         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
5742         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
5743 
5744         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
5745         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
5746         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
5747         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
5748         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
5749         // can actually do this check immediately.
5750         if (isFriend &&
5751             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
5752              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
5753              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
5754           // ignore these
5755         } else {
5756           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
5757           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
5758           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
5759           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
5760           //
5761           // class X {
5762           //   void f() const;
5763           // };
5764           //
5765           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
5766           //
5767           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
5768           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
5769           // whether the parameter types are references).
5770 
5771           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous,
5772                                                                NewFD,
5773                                                                ExtraArgs)) {
5774             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
5775             return Result;
5776           }
5777         }
5778 
5779         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
5780         // to something.
5781       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
5782         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous,
5783                                                              NewFD,
5784                                                              ExtraArgs)) {
5785           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
5786           return Result;
5787         }
5788       }
5789 
5790     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
5791                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
5792                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
5793       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
5794       // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5795       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
5796       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
5797       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
5798       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
5799       // generate them.
5800       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
5801         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5802     }
5803   }
5804 
5805   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
5806 
5807   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
5808       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
5809     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
5810          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
5811       << NewFD;
5812 
5813     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
5814     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
5815     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
5816     EPI.Variadic = true;
5817     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
5818 
5819     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI);
5820     NewFD->setType(R);
5821   }
5822 
5823   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
5824   // member, set the visibility of this function.
5825   if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord())
5826     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
5827 
5828   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
5829   // marking the function.
5830   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
5831 
5832   // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the
5833   // map of such names.
5834   if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC()
5835       && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
5836     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S);
5837 
5838   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
5839   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
5840 
5841   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5842     if (FunctionTemplate) {
5843       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
5844         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5845       return FunctionTemplate;
5846     }
5847   }
5848 
5849   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
5850   if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
5851       && NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()
5852       && (SC == SC_Static)) {
5853     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
5854     D.setInvalidType();
5855   }
5856 
5857   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
5858 
5859   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
5860     if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier())
5861       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5862           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
5863         if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) {
5864           if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType())
5865             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
5866 
5867           Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
5868         }
5869       }
5870 
5871   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
5872   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
5873   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
5874   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
5875     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
5876                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
5877                                 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(),
5878                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
5879                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
5880     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
5881     AddToScope = false;
5882   }
5883 
5884   return NewFD;
5885 }
5886 
5887 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
5888 ///
5889 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
5890 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
5891 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
5892 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
5893 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
5894 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
5895 /// via InstantiateDecl).
5896 ///
5897 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
5898 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
5899 ///
5900 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
5901 ///
5902 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
5903 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
5904                                     LookupResult &Previous,
5905                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
5906   assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()
5907          && "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
5908 
5909   // Check for a previous declaration of this name.
5910   if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) {
5911     // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring
5912     // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C"
5913     // declaration with the same name.
5914     llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
5915       = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewFD->getDeclName());
5916     if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end())
5917       Previous.addDecl(Pos->second);
5918   }
5919 
5920   bool Redeclaration = false;
5921 
5922   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
5923   // the same name, if appropriate.
5924   if (!Previous.empty()) {
5925     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
5926     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
5927     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
5928     // function to the scope.
5929 
5930     NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0;
5931     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
5932       Redeclaration = true;
5933       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
5934     } else {
5935       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
5936                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
5937       case Ovl_Match:
5938         Redeclaration = true;
5939         break;
5940 
5941       case Ovl_NonFunction:
5942         Redeclaration = true;
5943         break;
5944 
5945       case Ovl_Overload:
5946         Redeclaration = false;
5947         break;
5948       }
5949 
5950       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
5951         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
5952         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
5953         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
5954           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
5955         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0;
5956         if (Redeclaration)
5957           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
5958         else if (!Previous.empty())
5959           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
5960         if (OverloadedDecl)
5961           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
5962                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
5963         NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(),
5964                                                         Context));
5965       }
5966     }
5967 
5968     if (Redeclaration) {
5969       // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
5970       // merged.
5971       if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S)) {
5972         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5973         return Redeclaration;
5974       }
5975 
5976       Previous.clear();
5977       Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
5978 
5979       if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
5980                                     = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
5981         NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
5982         FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
5983           = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
5984         assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
5985         if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
5986               = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
5987           Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
5988           NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
5989         }
5990 
5991         // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
5992         // template, mark it as a member specialization.
5993         if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
5994             NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
5995           NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
5996           assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
5997         }
5998 
5999       } else {
6000         if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions
6001           NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess());
6002         NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
6003       }
6004     }
6005   }
6006 
6007   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
6008   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6009     // C++-specific checks.
6010     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
6011       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
6012     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
6013                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
6014       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
6015       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
6016 
6017       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
6018       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
6019       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
6020         DeclarationName Name
6021           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
6022                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
6023         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
6024           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
6025           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6026           return Redeclaration;
6027         }
6028       }
6029     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
6030                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
6031       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
6032     }
6033 
6034     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
6035     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
6036       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
6037           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
6038         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
6039           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
6040           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
6041             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_overrides_virtual)
6042               << NewFD->getDeclName();
6043             for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator
6044                       Overridden = Method->begin_overridden_methods(),
6045                    OverriddenEnd = Method->end_overridden_methods();
6046                  Overridden != OverriddenEnd;
6047                  ++Overridden) {
6048               Diag((*Overridden)->getLocation(),
6049                    diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
6050             }
6051           }
6052         }
6053       }
6054 
6055       if (Method->isStatic())
6056         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
6057     }
6058 
6059     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
6060     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
6061         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
6062       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6063       return Redeclaration;
6064     }
6065 
6066     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
6067     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
6068         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
6069       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6070       return Redeclaration;
6071     }
6072 
6073     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
6074     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
6075     // during delayed parsing anyway.
6076     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
6077       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
6078 
6079     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
6080     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
6081     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
6082       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
6083       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
6084       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
6085         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
6086         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
6087         Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
6088       }
6089     }
6090 
6091     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
6092     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
6093     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
6094     if (NewFD->isExternC()) {
6095       QualType R = NewFD->getResultType();
6096       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
6097         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
6098             << NewFD << R;
6099       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
6100                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
6101         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
6102     }
6103   }
6104   return Redeclaration;
6105 }
6106 
6107 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
6108   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:  A program that declares main to be inline,
6109   //   static or constexpr is ill-formed.
6110   // C99 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier
6111   //   shall not appear in a declaration of main.
6112   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
6113   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
6114     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
6115          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
6116       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6117   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
6118     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
6119       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
6120   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
6121     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
6122       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
6123     FD->setConstexpr(false);
6124   }
6125 
6126   QualType T = FD->getType();
6127   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
6128   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
6129 
6130   // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'.
6131   if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) {
6132     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
6133     // set the flag which tells us that.
6134     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
6135     FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
6136 
6137   // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
6138   // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
6139   // implicit-return-zero rule.
6140   } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6141     Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
6142 
6143   // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
6144   } else {
6145     Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint);
6146     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6147   }
6148 
6149   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
6150   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
6151 
6152   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
6153   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs();
6154   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
6155 
6156   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
6157 
6158   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
6159   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
6160   // getting shifty.
6161   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
6162     HasExtraParameters = false;
6163 
6164   if (HasExtraParameters) {
6165     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
6166     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6167     nparams = 3;
6168   }
6169 
6170   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
6171   // if we had some location information about types.
6172 
6173   QualType CharPP =
6174     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
6175   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
6176 
6177   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
6178     QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i);
6179 
6180     bool mismatch = true;
6181 
6182     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
6183       mismatch = false;
6184     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
6185       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
6186       //   char const **
6187       //   char const * const *
6188       //   char * const *
6189 
6190       QualifierCollector qs;
6191       const PointerType* PT;
6192       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
6193           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
6194           (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) {
6195         qs.removeConst();
6196         mismatch = !qs.empty();
6197       }
6198     }
6199 
6200     if (mismatch) {
6201       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
6202       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
6203       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6204     }
6205   }
6206 
6207   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6208     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
6209   }
6210 
6211   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
6212     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl);
6213     FD->setInvalidDecl();
6214   }
6215 }
6216 
6217 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
6218   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
6219   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
6220   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
6221   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
6222   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
6223   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
6224   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
6225   // rules there don't matter.)
6226   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false))
6227     return false;
6228   Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
6229     << Init->getSourceRange();
6230   return true;
6231 }
6232 
6233 namespace {
6234   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
6235   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
6236   class SelfReferenceChecker
6237       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
6238     Sema &S;
6239     Decl *OrigDecl;
6240     bool isRecordType;
6241     bool isPODType;
6242     bool isReferenceType;
6243 
6244   public:
6245     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
6246 
6247     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
6248                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
6249       isPODType = false;
6250       isRecordType = false;
6251       isReferenceType = false;
6252       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
6253         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
6254         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
6255         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
6256       }
6257     }
6258 
6259     // Sometimes, the expression passed in lacks the casts that are used
6260     // to determine which DeclRefExpr's to check.  Assume that the casts
6261     // are present and continue visiting the expression.
6262     void HandleExpr(Expr *E) {
6263       // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
6264       // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
6265       if (isRecordType || isReferenceType)
6266         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
6267           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
6268 
6269       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
6270         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
6271         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
6272       }
6273 
6274       Visit(E);
6275     }
6276 
6277     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
6278     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
6279     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
6280     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
6281       E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6282       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
6283         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
6284         return;
6285       }
6286 
6287       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
6288         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
6289         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
6290       }
6291     }
6292 
6293     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
6294       if ((!isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) ||
6295           (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp))
6296         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
6297 
6298       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
6299     }
6300 
6301     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
6302       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
6303       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
6304 
6305       ValueDecl *VD = E->getMemberDecl();
6306       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(VD);
6307       if (isa<FieldDecl>(VD) || (MD && !MD->isStatic()))
6308         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE
6309               = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) {
6310           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
6311           return;
6312         }
6313 
6314       Inherited::VisitMemberExpr(E);
6315     }
6316 
6317     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
6318       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
6319       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && isPODType &&
6320           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) return;
6321       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
6322     }
6323 
6324     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; }
6325 
6326     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
6327       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
6328       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
6329       LookupResult Result(S, DRE->getNameInfo(), Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
6330                           Sema::NotForRedeclaration);
6331       unsigned diag = isReferenceType
6332           ? diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init
6333           : diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
6334       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
6335                             S.PDiag(diag)
6336                               << Result.getLookupName()
6337                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
6338                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
6339     }
6340   };
6341 }
6342 
6343 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
6344 void Sema::CheckSelfReference(Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E) {
6345   SelfReferenceChecker(*this, OrigDecl).HandleExpr(E);
6346 }
6347 
6348 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
6349 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
6350 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
6351 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
6352                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
6353   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
6354   // the initializer.
6355   if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl())
6356     return;
6357 
6358   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
6359     // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot
6360     // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier.
6361     // Thus this grotesque test.
6362     IntegerLiteral *IL;
6363     if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 &&
6364         Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy)
6365       CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange());
6366     else {
6367       Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
6368         << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
6369       Method->setInvalidDecl();
6370     }
6371     return;
6372   }
6373 
6374   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
6375   if (!VDecl) {
6376     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
6377     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
6378     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6379     return;
6380   }
6381 
6382   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
6383   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
6384   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
6385   // Record types initialized by initializer list are handled here.
6386   // Initialization by constructors are handled in TryConstructorInitialization.
6387   if ((!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) &&
6388       (isa<InitListExpr>(Init) || !VDecl->getType()->isRecordType()))
6389     CheckSelfReference(RealDecl, Init);
6390 
6391   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
6392 
6393   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
6394   AutoType *Auto = 0;
6395   if (TypeMayContainAuto &&
6396       (Auto = VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) &&
6397       !Auto->isDeduced()) {
6398     Expr *DeduceInit = Init;
6399     // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it
6400     // contains exactly one expression.
6401     if (CXXDirectInit) {
6402       if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) {
6403         // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
6404         // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
6405         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
6406              diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
6407           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
6408           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
6409         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6410         return;
6411       } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) {
6412         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(),
6413              diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
6414           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
6415           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
6416         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6417         return;
6418       } else {
6419         DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0);
6420       }
6421     }
6422     TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0;
6423     if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) ==
6424             DAR_Failed)
6425       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
6426     if (!DeducedType) {
6427       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6428       return;
6429     }
6430     VDecl->setTypeSourceInfo(DeducedType);
6431     VDecl->setType(DeducedType->getType());
6432     VDecl->ClearLinkageCache();
6433 
6434     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
6435     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
6436       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6437 
6438     // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
6439     // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks.
6440     // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
6441     // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
6442     if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
6443         DeducedType->getType()->isObjCIdType()) {
6444       SourceLocation Loc = DeducedType->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
6445       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id)
6446         << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
6447     }
6448 
6449     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
6450     // the previously declared type.
6451     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl())
6452       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old);
6453   }
6454 
6455   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
6456     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
6457     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
6458     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6459     return;
6460   }
6461 
6462   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
6463     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
6464     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
6465     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
6466     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
6467     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
6468       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
6469     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
6470                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
6471       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6472       return;
6473     }
6474 
6475     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
6476     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
6477                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
6478                                AbstractVariableType))
6479       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6480   }
6481 
6482   const VarDecl *Def;
6483   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
6484     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
6485       << VDecl->getDeclName();
6486     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
6487     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6488     return;
6489   }
6490 
6491   const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0;
6492   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6493     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
6494     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
6495     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
6496     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
6497     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
6498     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
6499     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
6500     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
6501     //
6502     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
6503     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
6504     // declaration with an initializer.
6505     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) {
6506       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
6507         << VDecl->getDeclName();
6508       Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
6509       return;
6510     }
6511 
6512     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
6513       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
6514 
6515     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
6516       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6517       return;
6518     }
6519   }
6520 
6521   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
6522   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
6523   if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) {
6524     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
6525     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6526     return;
6527   }
6528 
6529   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
6530   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
6531   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
6532 
6533   // Top-level message sends default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
6534   // and we are assigning it to a variable of 'id' type.
6535   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCIdType())
6536     if (Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(Init)) {
6537       ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
6538       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
6539         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6540         return;
6541       }
6542       Init = Result.take();
6543     }
6544 
6545   // Perform the initialization.
6546   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
6547     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
6548     InitializationKind Kind
6549       = DirectInit ?
6550           CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
6551                                                            Init->getLocStart(),
6552                                                            Init->getLocEnd())
6553                         : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
6554                                                           VDecl->getLocation())
6555                    : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
6556                                                     Init->getLocStart());
6557 
6558     Expr **Args = &Init;
6559     unsigned NumArgs = 1;
6560     if (CXXDirectInit) {
6561       Args = CXXDirectInit->getExprs();
6562       NumArgs = CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs();
6563     }
6564     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, NumArgs);
6565     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
6566                                         MultiExprArg(Args, NumArgs), &DclT);
6567     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
6568       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6569       return;
6570     }
6571 
6572     Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
6573   }
6574 
6575   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
6576   // completed by the initializer. For example:
6577   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
6578   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
6579   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
6580     VDecl->setType(DclT);
6581 
6582   // Check any implicit conversions within the expression.
6583   CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation());
6584 
6585   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
6586     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
6587 
6588   Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init);
6589   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
6590   VDecl->setInit(Init);
6591 
6592   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
6593     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
6594     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
6595     // C++ does not have this restriction.
6596     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() &&
6597         VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
6598       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
6599   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
6600              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
6601     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
6602     //
6603     // struct S {
6604     //   static const int value = 17;
6605     // };
6606 
6607     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
6608     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
6609     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
6610     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
6611     //
6612     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
6613     //   If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or
6614     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
6615     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
6616     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
6617     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
6618     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
6619     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
6620     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
6621 
6622     // Do nothing on dependent types.
6623     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
6624 
6625     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
6626     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
6627     // type.
6628     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
6629 
6630     // Require constness.
6631     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
6632       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
6633         << Init->getSourceRange();
6634       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6635 
6636     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
6637     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
6638       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
6639       SourceLocation Loc;
6640       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
6641         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
6642         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
6643         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
6644       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
6645         ; // Nothing to check.
6646       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
6647         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
6648       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
6649         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
6650         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
6651         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
6652           << Init->getSourceRange();
6653       } else {
6654         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
6655         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
6656         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
6657           << Init->getSourceRange();
6658         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6659       }
6660 
6661     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
6662     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
6663       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
6664         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
6665       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x)
6666         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
6667              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_constexpr)
6668           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
6669 
6670       if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
6671         Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
6672           << Init->getSourceRange();
6673         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6674       }
6675 
6676     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
6677     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && DclT->isLiteralType()) {
6678       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
6679         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
6680         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
6681       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
6682 
6683     } else {
6684       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
6685         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
6686       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6687     }
6688   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
6689     if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern &&
6690         (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
6691          !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()))
6692       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
6693 
6694     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
6695     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
6696       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
6697   }
6698 
6699   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
6700   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
6701   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
6702   //
6703   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
6704   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
6705   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
6706   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
6707   // special case code.
6708 
6709   // C++ 8.5p11:
6710   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
6711   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
6712   // class type.
6713   if (CXXDirectInit) {
6714     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
6715     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
6716   } else if (DirectInit) {
6717     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
6718     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
6719   }
6720 
6721   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
6722 }
6723 
6724 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
6725 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
6726 /// of sanity.
6727 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
6728   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
6729   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
6730   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
6731 
6732   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
6733   if (!VD) return;
6734 
6735   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
6736   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
6737     D->setInvalidDecl();
6738     return;
6739   }
6740 
6741   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
6742   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
6743 
6744   // Require a complete type.
6745   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
6746                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
6747                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
6748     VD->setInvalidDecl();
6749     return;
6750   }
6751 
6752   // Require an abstract type.
6753   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
6754                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
6755                              AbstractVariableType)) {
6756     VD->setInvalidDecl();
6757     return;
6758   }
6759 
6760   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
6761   // though.
6762 }
6763 
6764 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
6765                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
6766   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
6767   if (RealDecl == 0)
6768     return;
6769 
6770   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
6771     QualType Type = Var->getType();
6772 
6773     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
6774     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
6775       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
6776         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
6777       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6778       return;
6779     }
6780 
6781     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
6782     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
6783     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
6784     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
6785     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
6786     // member.
6787     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
6788       if (Var->isStaticDataMember())
6789         Diag(Var->getLocation(),
6790              diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
6791           << Var->getDeclName();
6792       else
6793         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
6794       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6795       return;
6796     }
6797 
6798     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
6799     case VarDecl::Definition:
6800       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
6801         break;
6802 
6803       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
6804       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
6805       // a declaration.
6806       //
6807       // Fall through
6808 
6809     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
6810       // It's only a declaration.
6811 
6812       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
6813       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
6814       // object shall be complete.
6815       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
6816           !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
6817           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
6818                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
6819         Var->setInvalidDecl();
6820 
6821       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
6822       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
6823           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
6824                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
6825                                  AbstractVariableType))
6826         Var->setInvalidDecl();
6827       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
6828           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
6829         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
6830         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
6831       }
6832 
6833       return;
6834 
6835     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
6836       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
6837       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
6838       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
6839       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
6840       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
6841       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
6842         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
6843                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
6844           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
6845                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
6846                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
6847             Var->setInvalidDecl();
6848         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
6849           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
6850           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
6851           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
6852           // NOTE: code such as the following
6853           //     static struct s;
6854           //     struct s { int a; };
6855           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
6856           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
6857           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
6858           if (Var->getPreviousDecl() == 0)
6859             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
6860                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
6861         }
6862       }
6863 
6864       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
6865       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
6866         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
6867       return;
6868     }
6869 
6870     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
6871     // definitions with incomplete array type.
6872     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
6873       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
6874            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
6875       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6876       return;
6877     }
6878 
6879     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
6880     // definitions with reference type.
6881     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
6882       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
6883         << Var->getDeclName()
6884         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
6885       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6886       return;
6887     }
6888 
6889     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
6890     // variable with dependent type.
6891     if (Type->isDependentType())
6892       return;
6893 
6894     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
6895       return;
6896 
6897     if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
6898                             Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
6899                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
6900       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6901       return;
6902     }
6903 
6904     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
6905     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
6906                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
6907                                AbstractVariableType)) {
6908       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6909       return;
6910     }
6911 
6912     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
6913     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
6914     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
6915     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
6916     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
6917     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
6918     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
6919     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
6920     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
6921     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
6922     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
6923       if (const RecordType *Record
6924             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
6925         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
6926         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
6927         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
6928         // incompatibilities with C++98.
6929         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
6930           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
6931       }
6932     }
6933 
6934     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
6935     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
6936     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
6937     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
6938     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
6939     //   type shall have a user-declared default
6940     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
6941     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
6942     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
6943     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
6944     //   program is ill-formed.
6945     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
6946     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
6947     //   default-initialized; [...].
6948     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
6949     InitializationKind Kind
6950       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
6951 
6952     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0);
6953     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg());
6954     if (Init.isInvalid())
6955       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6956     else if (Init.get()) {
6957       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
6958       // This is important for template substitution.
6959       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
6960     }
6961 
6962     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
6963   }
6964 }
6965 
6966 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
6967   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
6968   if (!VD) {
6969     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
6970     D->setInvalidDecl();
6971     return;
6972   }
6973 
6974   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
6975 
6976   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
6977   int Error = -1;
6978   switch (VD->getStorageClassAsWritten()) {
6979   case SC_None:
6980     break;
6981   case SC_Extern:
6982     Error = 0;
6983     break;
6984   case SC_Static:
6985     Error = 1;
6986     break;
6987   case SC_PrivateExtern:
6988     Error = 2;
6989     break;
6990   case SC_Auto:
6991     Error = 3;
6992     break;
6993   case SC_Register:
6994     Error = 4;
6995     break;
6996   case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
6997     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class");
6998   }
6999   if (VD->isConstexpr())
7000     Error = 5;
7001   if (Error != -1) {
7002     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
7003       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
7004     D->setInvalidDecl();
7005   }
7006 }
7007 
7008 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
7009   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
7010 
7011   // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
7012   // local retaining variable.
7013   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
7014       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
7015     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
7016     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
7017     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
7018     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
7019       break;
7020 
7021     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
7022     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
7023       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
7024       break;
7025     }
7026   }
7027 
7028   // All the following checks are C++ only.
7029   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return;
7030 
7031   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(var->getType());
7032   if (baseType->isDependentType()) return;
7033 
7034   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
7035   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
7036     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
7037     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
7038 
7039     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
7040     // constructing this copy.
7041     QualType type = var->getType();
7042 
7043     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
7044       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
7045       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
7046       ExprResult result =
7047         PerformCopyInitialization(
7048                         InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
7049                                   poi, Owned(varRef));
7050       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
7051         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
7052         Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>();
7053         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
7054       }
7055     }
7056   }
7057 
7058   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
7059   bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal();
7060 
7061   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && Init) {
7062     if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() &&
7063         getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor,
7064                                             var->getLocation())
7065           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored &&
7066         !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType()))
7067       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
7068         << Init->getSourceRange();
7069 
7070     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
7071       llvm::SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
7072       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
7073         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
7074         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
7075         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
7076         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
7077               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
7078           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
7079           Notes.clear();
7080         }
7081         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
7082           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
7083         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
7084           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
7085       }
7086     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
7087       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
7088       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
7089       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
7090       var->checkInitIsICE();
7091     }
7092   }
7093 
7094   // Require the destructor.
7095   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
7096     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
7097 }
7098 
7099 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
7100 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
7101 void
7102 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
7103   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
7104   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
7105 
7106   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
7107   // tag values.
7108   if (ThisDecl && ThisDecl->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
7109     const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
7110     if (VD && VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
7111       for (specific_attr_iterator<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>
7112                I = ThisDecl->specific_attr_begin<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(),
7113                E = ThisDecl->specific_attr_end<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>();
7114            I != E; ++I) {
7115         const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
7116         if (!MagicValueExpr) {
7117           continue;
7118         }
7119         llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt;
7120         if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) {
7121           Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
7122                diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
7123             << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
7124           continue;
7125         }
7126         if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) {
7127           Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
7128                diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
7129             << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
7130           continue;
7131         }
7132         uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue();
7133         RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
7134                                    MagicValue,
7135                                    I->getMatchingCType(),
7136                                    I->getLayoutCompatible(),
7137                                    I->getMustBeNull());
7138       }
7139     }
7140   }
7141 }
7142 
7143 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
7144 Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
7145                               Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) {
7146   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
7147 
7148   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
7149     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
7150 
7151   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i)
7152     if (Decl *D = Group[i])
7153       Decls.push_back(D);
7154 
7155   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(),
7156                               DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto);
7157 }
7158 
7159 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
7160 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
7161 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
7162 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls,
7163                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
7164   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
7165   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
7166   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
7167   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
7168   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
7169   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
7170   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
7171   if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) {
7172     QualType Deduced;
7173     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
7174     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0;
7175     for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) {
7176       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
7177         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
7178         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
7179         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
7180           break;
7181         if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) {
7182           QualType U = AT->getDeducedType();
7183           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
7184           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
7185             Deduced = U;
7186             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
7187             DeducedDecl = D;
7188           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
7189             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
7190                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
7191               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
7192               << U << D->getDeclName()
7193               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
7194               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
7195             D->setInvalidDecl();
7196             break;
7197           }
7198         }
7199       }
7200     }
7201   }
7202 
7203   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group, NumDecls);
7204 
7205   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls));
7206 }
7207 
7208 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
7209   ActOnDocumentableDecls(&D, 1);
7210 }
7211 
7212 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) {
7213   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
7214   if (NumDecls == 0 || !Group[0])
7215    return;
7216 
7217   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found,
7218                                Group[0]->getLocation())
7219         == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
7220     return;
7221 
7222   if (NumDecls >= 2) {
7223     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
7224     // procuded from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
7225     // additional declaration references:
7226     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
7227     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
7228     //   'struct S *pS;'
7229     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
7230     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
7231     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
7232       Group++;
7233       NumDecls--;
7234     }
7235   }
7236 
7237   // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl.
7238   ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments();
7239   if (!Comments.empty() &&
7240       !Comments.back()->isAttached()) {
7241     // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl.
7242     // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls?
7243     //
7244     // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the
7245     // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to
7246     // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked
7247     // ahead through comments.
7248     for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i)
7249       Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i]);
7250   }
7251 }
7252 
7253 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
7254 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
7255 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
7256   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
7257 
7258   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
7259   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
7260   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None;
7261   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None;
7262   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
7263     StorageClass = SC_Register;
7264     StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register;
7265   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
7266              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
7267     StorageClass = SC_Auto;
7268     StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Auto;
7269   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
7270     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7271          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
7272     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
7273   }
7274 
7275   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
7276     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
7277   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
7278     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
7279       << 0;
7280 
7281   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
7282 
7283   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
7284   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
7285 
7286   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7287     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
7288     // parameter.
7289     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
7290 
7291     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
7292     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7293       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
7294         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7295       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
7296     }
7297   }
7298 
7299   // Ensure we have a valid name
7300   IdentifierInfo *II = 0;
7301   if (D.hasName()) {
7302     II = D.getIdentifier();
7303     if (!II) {
7304       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
7305         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString();
7306       D.setInvalidType(true);
7307     }
7308   }
7309 
7310   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
7311   if (II) {
7312     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
7313                    ForRedeclaration);
7314     LookupName(R, S);
7315     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
7316       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
7317       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
7318         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
7319         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
7320         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
7321         PrevDecl = 0;
7322       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
7323         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
7324         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
7325 
7326         // Recover by removing the name
7327         II = 0;
7328         D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc());
7329         D.setInvalidType(true);
7330       }
7331     }
7332   }
7333 
7334   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
7335   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
7336   // looking like class members in C++.
7337   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
7338                                     D.getLocStart(),
7339                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
7340                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
7341                                     StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten);
7342 
7343   if (D.isInvalidType())
7344     New->setInvalidDecl();
7345 
7346   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
7347   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
7348   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
7349                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
7350 
7351   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
7352   S->AddDecl(New);
7353   if (II)
7354     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
7355 
7356   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
7357 
7358   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
7359     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
7360       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
7361       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
7362       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
7363 
7364   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
7365     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
7366   }
7367   return New;
7368 }
7369 
7370 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
7371 /// typedef.
7372 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
7373                                               SourceLocation Loc,
7374                                               QualType T) {
7375   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
7376      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
7377      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
7378   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0,
7379                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
7380                                            SC_None, SC_None, 0);
7381   Param->setImplicit();
7382   return Param;
7383 }
7384 
7385 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
7386                                     ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
7387   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
7388   // will already have done so in the template itself.
7389   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
7390     return;
7391 
7392   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
7393     if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
7394         !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
7395       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
7396         << (*Param)->getDeclName();
7397     }
7398   }
7399 }
7400 
7401 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
7402                                                   ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd,
7403                                                   QualType ReturnTy,
7404                                                   NamedDecl *D) {
7405   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
7406     return;
7407 
7408   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
7409   // threshold.
7410   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
7411     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
7412     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
7413       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
7414           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
7415   }
7416 
7417   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
7418   // threshold.
7419   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
7420     QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
7421     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
7422       continue;
7423     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
7424     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
7425       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
7426           << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size;
7427   }
7428 }
7429 
7430 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7431                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
7432                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
7433                                   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass,
7434                                   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) {
7435   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
7436   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
7437       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
7438       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
7439 
7440     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
7441 
7442     // Special cases for arrays:
7443     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
7444     //   - otherwise, it's an error
7445     if (T->isArrayType()) {
7446       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
7447         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
7448             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
7449             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
7450       }
7451       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
7452     } else {
7453       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
7454     }
7455     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
7456   }
7457 
7458   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
7459                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
7460                                          TSInfo,
7461                                          StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten,
7462                                          0);
7463 
7464   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
7465   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
7466   // the class has been completely parsed.
7467   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
7468       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
7469                              AbstractParamType))
7470     New->setInvalidDecl();
7471 
7472   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
7473   // passed by reference.
7474   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
7475     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd();
7476     Diag(NameLoc,
7477          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
7478       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
7479     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
7480     New->setType(T);
7481   }
7482 
7483   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
7484   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
7485   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
7486   // an address space.
7487   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
7488     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
7489     New->setInvalidDecl();
7490   }
7491 
7492   return New;
7493 }
7494 
7495 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
7496                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
7497   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
7498 
7499   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
7500   // for a K&R function.
7501   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
7502     for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
7503       --i;
7504       if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) {
7505         SmallString<256> Code;
7506         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << "  int "
7507                                         << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName()
7508                                         << ";\n";
7509         Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
7510           << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident
7511           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str());
7512 
7513         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
7514         // type.
7515         AttributeFactory attrs;
7516         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
7517         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
7518         unsigned DiagID; // unused
7519         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc,
7520                            PrevSpec, DiagID);
7521         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
7522         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
7523         FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
7524       }
7525     }
7526   }
7527 }
7528 
7529 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) {
7530   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused");
7531   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
7532   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
7533 
7534   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
7535   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
7536   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP);
7537 }
7538 
7539 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
7540   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
7541   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
7542     return false;
7543 
7544   // Or declarations that aren't global.
7545   if (!FD->isGlobal())
7546     return false;
7547 
7548   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
7549   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
7550     return false;
7551 
7552   // Don't warn about 'main'.
7553   if (FD->isMain())
7554     return false;
7555 
7556   // Don't warn about inline functions.
7557   if (FD->isInlined())
7558     return false;
7559 
7560   // Don't warn about function templates.
7561   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
7562     return false;
7563 
7564   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
7565   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
7566     return false;
7567 
7568   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
7569   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
7570     return false;
7571 
7572   bool MissingPrototype = true;
7573   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
7574        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
7575     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
7576     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
7577     if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
7578       continue;
7579 
7580     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
7581     break;
7582   }
7583 
7584   return MissingPrototype;
7585 }
7586 
7587 void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) {
7588   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
7589   // was an extern inline function.
7590   const FunctionDecl *Definition;
7591   if (FD->isDefined(Definition) &&
7592       !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) {
7593     if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
7594         Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
7595       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
7596         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
7597     else
7598       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
7599     Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
7600     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7601   }
7602 }
7603 
7604 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) {
7605   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
7606   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
7607 
7608   if (!D)
7609     return D;
7610   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
7611 
7612   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
7613     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
7614   else
7615     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
7616 
7617   // Enter a new function scope
7618   PushFunctionScope();
7619 
7620   // See if this is a redefinition.
7621   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed())
7622     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD);
7623 
7624   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
7625   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
7626     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
7627       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
7628       FD->setInvalidDecl();
7629     }
7630   }
7631 
7632   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
7633   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
7634   QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType();
7635   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
7636       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7637       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
7638                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
7639     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7640 
7641   // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
7642   //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
7643   //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
7644   //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
7645   //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
7646   if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD))
7647     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
7648 
7649   if (FnBodyScope)
7650     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
7651 
7652   // Check the validity of our function parameters
7653   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
7654                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
7655 
7656   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
7657   for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) {
7658     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p);
7659     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
7660 
7661     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
7662     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
7663       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
7664 
7665       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
7666     }
7667   }
7668 
7669   // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype,
7670   // introduce them into the function scope.
7671   if (FnBodyScope) {
7672     for (llvm::ArrayRef<NamedDecl*>::iterator I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(),
7673            E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); I != E; ++I) {
7674       NamedDecl *D = *I;
7675 
7676       // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit
7677       // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit
7678       // and reattach to the current context.
7679       if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) {
7680         // Is the decl actually in the context?
7681         for (DeclContext::decl_iterator DI = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_begin(),
7682                DE = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_end(); DI != DE; ++DI) {
7683           if (*DI == D) {
7684             Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D);
7685             break;
7686           }
7687         }
7688         // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl.
7689         D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7690       }
7691 
7692       // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope.
7693       if (!D->getName().empty())
7694         PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
7695 
7696       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
7697       // accessible in this scope.
7698       if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
7699         for (EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator EI = ED->enumerator_begin(),
7700                EE = ED->enumerator_end(); EI != EE; ++EI)
7701           PushOnScopeChains(*EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
7702       }
7703     }
7704   }
7705 
7706   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
7707   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
7708     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
7709 
7710   // Checking attributes of current function definition
7711   // dllimport attribute.
7712   DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
7713   if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) {
7714     // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition.
7715     // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope.
7716     if (!DA->isInherited() &&
7717         !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
7718       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
7719            diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration)
7720         << "dllimport";
7721       FD->setInvalidDecl();
7722       return FD;
7723     }
7724 
7725     // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue
7726     // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled.
7727     if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) {
7728       // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the
7729       // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is
7730       // emitted.
7731       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
7732            diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
7733         << FD->getName() << "dllimport";
7734     }
7735   }
7736   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
7737   // a function template).
7738   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
7739   return FD;
7740 }
7741 
7742 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
7743 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
7744 /// optimization.
7745 ///
7746 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
7747 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
7748 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
7749 /// use the named return value optimization.
7750 ///
7751 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
7752 /// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is
7753 /// the NRVO variable.
7754 ///
7755 /// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return
7756 /// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to
7757 /// find a maximal set of NRVO variables.
7758 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
7759   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
7760 
7761   const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0;
7762   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
7763     if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
7764       return;
7765 
7766     if (!NRVOCandidate)
7767       NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate();
7768     else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
7769       return;
7770   }
7771 
7772   if (NRVOCandidate)
7773     const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true);
7774 }
7775 
7776 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
7777   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
7778 }
7779 
7780 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
7781                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
7782   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
7783   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl);
7784   if (FunTmpl)
7785     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
7786   else
7787     FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl);
7788 
7789   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
7790   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0;
7791 
7792   if (FD) {
7793     FD->setBody(Body);
7794 
7795     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
7796     // don't complain about missing return statements.
7797     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
7798       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
7799 
7800     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
7801     // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct.
7802     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure())
7803       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition);
7804 
7805     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7806       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
7807       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
7808                                              FD->getResultType(), FD);
7809 
7810       // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable.
7811       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
7812         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
7813 
7814       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
7815       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
7816       // to deduce an implicit return type.
7817       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getResultType()->isRecordType() &&
7818           !FD->isDependentContext())
7819         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
7820     }
7821 
7822     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
7823            "Function parsing confused");
7824   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
7825     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
7826     MD->setBody(Body);
7827     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7828       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
7829       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(),
7830                                              MD->getResultType(), MD);
7831 
7832       if (Body)
7833         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
7834     }
7835     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc) {
7836       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
7837         << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
7838       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc = false;
7839     }
7840     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize) {
7841       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_finalize);
7842       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize = false;
7843     }
7844   } else {
7845     return 0;
7846   }
7847 
7848   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc &&
7849          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
7850          "handled in the block above.");
7851   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize &&
7852          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
7853          "handled in the block above.");
7854 
7855   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
7856   if (Body) {
7857     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
7858     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
7859     // Verify this.
7860     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
7861       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
7862 
7863     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
7864     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
7865         !dcl->isInvalidDecl() &&
7866         !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() &&
7867         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
7868       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
7869 
7870     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
7871       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
7872         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
7873 
7874       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
7875                                              Destructor->getParent());
7876     }
7877 
7878     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
7879     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
7880     // deletion in some later function.
7881     if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
7882         PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
7883       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
7884     } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
7885       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
7886       // enabled.
7887       ActivePolicy = &WP;
7888     }
7889 
7890     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7891         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
7892          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
7893       FD->setInvalidDecl();
7894 
7895     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function");
7896     assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
7897     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
7898            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
7899   }
7900 
7901   if (!IsInstantiation)
7902     PopDeclContext();
7903 
7904   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
7905 
7906   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
7907   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
7908   // deletion in some later function.
7909   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
7910     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
7911   }
7912 
7913   return dcl;
7914 }
7915 
7916 
7917 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
7918 /// relevant Decl.
7919 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
7920                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
7921   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
7922   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
7923     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
7924   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
7925 
7926   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
7927     if (Method->isStatic())
7928       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
7929 }
7930 
7931 
7932 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
7933 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
7934 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
7935                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
7936   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
7937   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
7938   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
7939   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
7940   llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
7941     = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(&II);
7942   if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) {
7943     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second;
7944     Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
7945     return Pos->second;
7946   }
7947 
7948   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
7949   unsigned diag_id;
7950   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
7951     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
7952   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
7953     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
7954   else
7955     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
7956   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
7957 
7958   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
7959   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
7960   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
7961     TypoCorrection Corrected;
7962     DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator;
7963     if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc),
7964                                       LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator))) {
7965       std::string CorrectedStr = Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts());
7966       std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts());
7967       FunctionDecl *Func = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<FunctionDecl>();
7968 
7969       Diag(Loc, diag::note_function_suggestion) << CorrectedQuotedStr
7970           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, CorrectedStr);
7971 
7972       if (Func->getLocation().isValid()
7973           && !II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
7974         Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
7975             << CorrectedQuotedStr;
7976     }
7977   }
7978 
7979   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
7980   const char *Dummy;
7981   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
7982   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
7983   unsigned DiagID;
7984   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID);
7985   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
7986   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
7987   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
7988   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(false, false, false,
7989                                              SourceLocation(), 0, 0, 0, true,
7990                                              SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
7991                                              SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
7992                                              EST_None, SourceLocation(),
7993                                              0, 0, 0, 0, Loc, Loc, D),
7994                 DS.getAttributes(),
7995                 SourceLocation());
7996   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
7997 
7998   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
7999 
8000   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
8001   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
8002 
8003   FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
8004   FD->setImplicit();
8005 
8006   CurContext = PrevDC;
8007 
8008   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
8009 
8010   return FD;
8011 }
8012 
8013 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
8014 /// the declaration of this function.
8015 ///
8016 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
8017 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
8018 /// like NSLog or printf.
8019 ///
8020 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
8021 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
8022 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
8023   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
8024     return;
8025 
8026   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
8027   // actual attributes.
8028   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
8029     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
8030     unsigned FormatIdx;
8031     bool HasVAListArg;
8032     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
8033       if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
8034         const char *fmt = "printf";
8035         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
8036         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
8037             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
8038           fmt = "NSString";
8039         FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
8040                                                fmt, FormatIdx+1,
8041                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2));
8042       }
8043     }
8044     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
8045                                              HasVAListArg)) {
8046      if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
8047        FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
8048                                               "scanf", FormatIdx+1,
8049                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2));
8050     }
8051 
8052     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
8053     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
8054     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
8055     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
8056         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
8057       if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>())
8058         FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
8059     }
8060 
8061     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
8062         !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
8063       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
8064     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
8065       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
8066     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>())
8067       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
8068   }
8069 
8070   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
8071   if (!Name)
8072     return;
8073   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
8074        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
8075       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
8076        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
8077        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
8078     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
8079     // about.
8080   } else
8081     return;
8082 
8083   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
8084     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
8085     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
8086     if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
8087       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
8088                                              "printf", 2,
8089                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3));
8090   }
8091 
8092   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
8093     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
8094     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
8095     if (!FD->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
8096       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatArgAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 1));
8097   }
8098 }
8099 
8100 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
8101                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
8102   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
8103   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
8104 
8105   if (!TInfo) {
8106     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
8107     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
8108   }
8109 
8110   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
8111   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
8112                                            D.getLocStart(),
8113                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
8114                                            D.getIdentifier(),
8115                                            TInfo);
8116 
8117   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
8118   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
8119     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
8120     return NewTD;
8121   }
8122 
8123   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
8124     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
8125       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
8126         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
8127         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
8128         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
8129     else
8130       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
8131   }
8132 
8133   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
8134   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
8135   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
8136   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
8137   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
8138   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
8139   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
8140   case TST_enum:
8141   case TST_struct:
8142   case TST_interface:
8143   case TST_union:
8144   case TST_class: {
8145     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
8146 
8147     // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an
8148     // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group).
8149     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break;
8150     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break;
8151 
8152     // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
8153     assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
8154 
8155     // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
8156     if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec)))
8157       break;
8158 
8159     // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
8160     tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
8161     break;
8162   }
8163 
8164   default:
8165     break;
8166   }
8167 
8168   return NewTD;
8169 }
8170 
8171 
8172 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
8173 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
8174   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
8175   QualType T = TI->getType();
8176 
8177   if (T->isDependentType() || T->isIntegralType(Context))
8178     return false;
8179 
8180   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
8181   return true;
8182 }
8183 
8184 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
8185 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
8186 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
8187                                   QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
8188                                   const EnumDecl *Prev) {
8189   bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
8190 
8191   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
8192     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
8193       << Prev->isScoped();
8194     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
8195     return true;
8196   }
8197 
8198   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
8199     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
8200         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
8201         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
8202                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
8203       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
8204         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
8205       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
8206       return true;
8207     }
8208   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
8209     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
8210       << Prev->isFixed();
8211     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
8212     return true;
8213   }
8214 
8215   return false;
8216 }
8217 
8218 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
8219 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
8220 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
8221 ///
8222 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
8223 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
8224   switch (Tag) {
8225   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
8226   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
8227   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
8228   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
8229   }
8230 }
8231 
8232 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
8233 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
8234 ///
8235 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
8236 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
8237 {
8238   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
8239 }
8240 
8241 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
8242 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
8243 ///
8244 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
8245 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
8246                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
8247                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
8248                                         const IdentifierInfo &Name) {
8249   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
8250   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
8251   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
8252   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
8253   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
8254   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
8255   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
8256   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
8257   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
8258   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
8259   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
8260   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
8261   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
8262   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
8263   if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
8264     if (OldTag == NewTag)
8265       return true;
8266 
8267   if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) {
8268     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
8269     bool isTemplate = false;
8270     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
8271       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
8272 
8273     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
8274       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
8275       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
8276       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
8277         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
8278         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
8279       return true;
8280     }
8281 
8282     if (isDefinition) {
8283       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
8284       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
8285       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
8286         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
8287         return true;
8288       }
8289 
8290       bool previousMismatch = false;
8291       for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()),
8292            E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) {
8293         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
8294           if (!previousMismatch) {
8295             previousMismatch = true;
8296             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
8297               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
8298               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
8299           }
8300           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
8301             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
8302             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
8303                  TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
8304         }
8305       }
8306       return true;
8307     }
8308 
8309     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
8310     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
8311     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
8312     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
8313                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
8314     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
8315       return true;
8316     }
8317 
8318     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
8319       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
8320       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
8321     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
8322 
8323     // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it.
8324     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
8325         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
8326           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
8327           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
8328                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
8329     }
8330 
8331     return true;
8332   }
8333   return false;
8334 }
8335 
8336 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
8337 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
8338 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
8339 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
8340 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
8341                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
8342                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
8343                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
8344                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
8345                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
8346                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
8347                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
8348                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
8349                      TypeResult UnderlyingType) {
8350   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
8351   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
8352   assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
8353          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
8354   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
8355 
8356   OwnedDecl = false;
8357   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
8358   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
8359 
8360   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
8361   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
8362   bool Invalid = false;
8363 
8364   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
8365   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
8366   // for non-C++ cases.
8367   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
8368       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
8369     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
8370           = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS,
8371                                                 TemplateParameterLists.data(),
8372                                                 TemplateParameterLists.size(),
8373                                                     TUK == TUK_Friend,
8374                                                     isExplicitSpecialization,
8375                                                     Invalid)) {
8376       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
8377         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
8378         // be a member of another template).
8379 
8380         if (Invalid)
8381           return 0;
8382 
8383         OwnedDecl = false;
8384         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
8385                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
8386                                                TemplateParams, AS,
8387                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
8388                                                TemplateParameterLists.size()-1,
8389                                                TemplateParameterLists.data());
8390         return Result.get();
8391       } else {
8392         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
8393         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
8394           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
8395         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
8396       }
8397     }
8398   }
8399 
8400   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
8401   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
8402   // redeclaration.
8403   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
8404 
8405   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
8406     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
8407       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
8408       // type, default to int.
8409       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
8410     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
8411       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
8412       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
8413       TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0;
8414       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
8415       EnumUnderlying = TI;
8416 
8417       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
8418         // Recover by falling back to int.
8419         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
8420 
8421       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
8422                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
8423         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
8424 
8425     } else if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode)
8426       // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
8427       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
8428   }
8429 
8430   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
8431   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
8432   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
8433 
8434   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
8435   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
8436     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
8437 
8438   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
8439 
8440   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
8441     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
8442 
8443     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
8444     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
8445       Name = 0;
8446       goto CreateNewDecl;
8447     }
8448 
8449     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
8450     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
8451     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
8452       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
8453       if (!DC) {
8454         IsDependent = true;
8455         return 0;
8456       }
8457     } else {
8458       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
8459       if (!DC) {
8460         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
8461           << SS.getRange();
8462         return 0;
8463       }
8464     }
8465 
8466     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
8467       return 0;
8468 
8469     SearchDC = DC;
8470     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
8471     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
8472 
8473     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
8474       return 0;
8475 
8476     if (Previous.empty()) {
8477       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
8478       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
8479       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
8480       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
8481       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
8482       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
8483       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
8484           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
8485         IsDependent = true;
8486         return 0;
8487       }
8488 
8489       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
8490       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
8491         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
8492       Name = 0;
8493       Invalid = true;
8494       goto CreateNewDecl;
8495     }
8496   } else if (Name) {
8497     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
8498     // declaration or definition.
8499     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
8500     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
8501     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
8502     LookupName(Previous, S);
8503 
8504     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
8505         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
8506       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
8507       while (F.hasNext()) {
8508         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
8509         if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC)
8510           F.erase();
8511       }
8512       F.done();
8513     }
8514 
8515     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
8516     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
8517       return 0;
8518 
8519     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
8520       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
8521       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
8522       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
8523       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
8524       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
8525         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
8526     }
8527   } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
8528     // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its
8529     // initial context to the translation unit.
8530     // FIXME: [citation needed]
8531     SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
8532   }
8533 
8534   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
8535       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
8536     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
8537     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
8538     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
8539     Previous.clear();
8540   }
8541 
8542   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
8543       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
8544     // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
8545     isStdBadAlloc = true;
8546 
8547     if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
8548       // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
8549       // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
8550       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
8551       Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
8552     }
8553   }
8554 
8555   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
8556   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
8557   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
8558   // there's a shadow friend decl.
8559   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
8560       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
8561     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
8562     assert(SS.isEmpty());
8563 
8564     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
8565       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
8566       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
8567       //
8568       //          class-key identifier
8569       //
8570       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
8571       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
8572       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
8573       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
8574       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
8575       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
8576       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
8577       //      declaration.
8578       //
8579       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
8580       // C structs and unions.
8581       //
8582       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
8583       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
8584       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
8585       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
8586       //
8587       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
8588       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
8589       //
8590       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
8591       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
8592       // lexical context,
8593       while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
8594         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
8595 
8596       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
8597       while (S->isClassScope() ||
8598              (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
8599               S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
8600              ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
8601              (S->getEntity() &&
8602               ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()))
8603         S = S->getParent();
8604     } else {
8605       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
8606       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
8607       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
8608       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
8609       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
8610       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
8611     }
8612 
8613     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
8614     // diagnose some problems.
8615     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8616       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
8617       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
8618     }
8619   }
8620 
8621   if (!Previous.empty()) {
8622     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
8623 
8624     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
8625     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
8626     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
8627     // in C++.
8628     //
8629     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
8630     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
8631     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
8632     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
8633     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8634       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
8635         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
8636           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
8637           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
8638               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
8639                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
8640             PrevDecl = Tag;
8641             Previous.clear();
8642             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
8643             Previous.resolveKind();
8644           }
8645         }
8646       }
8647     }
8648 
8649     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
8650       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
8651       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
8652       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
8653       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
8654           isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) {
8655         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
8656         // struct or something similar.
8657         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
8658                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
8659                                           *Name)) {
8660           bool SafeToContinue
8661             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
8662                Kind != TTK_Enum);
8663           if (SafeToContinue)
8664             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
8665               << Name
8666               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
8667                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
8668           else
8669             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
8670           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
8671 
8672           if (SafeToContinue)
8673             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
8674           else {
8675             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
8676             Name = 0;
8677             Previous.clear();
8678             Invalid = true;
8679           }
8680         }
8681 
8682         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
8683           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
8684 
8685           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
8686           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
8687           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
8688             if (ScopedEnum)
8689               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
8690                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
8691                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
8692             return PrevTagDecl;
8693           }
8694 
8695           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
8696           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
8697             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType();
8698           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
8699             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
8700 
8701           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
8702           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
8703           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
8704           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
8705                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum))
8706             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0;
8707         }
8708 
8709         if (!Invalid) {
8710           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found.
8711 
8712           // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
8713           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
8714           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
8715           // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
8716           if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() ||
8717                getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend)
8718             return PrevTagDecl;
8719 
8720           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
8721           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
8722             if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
8723               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
8724               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
8725               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
8726               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
8727               if (isExplicitSpecialization) {
8728                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
8729                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
8730                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
8731                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
8732                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
8733                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
8734                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
8735                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
8736               }
8737 
8738               if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
8739                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
8740                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
8741                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
8742                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
8743                 else
8744                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
8745                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8746                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
8747                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
8748                 // references get the previous definition.
8749                 Name = 0;
8750                 Previous.clear();
8751                 Invalid = true;
8752               }
8753             } else {
8754               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
8755               // about a nested redefinition.
8756               const TagType *Tag
8757                 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl));
8758               if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
8759                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
8760                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
8761                      diag::note_previous_definition);
8762                 Name = 0;
8763                 Previous.clear();
8764                 Invalid = true;
8765               }
8766             }
8767 
8768             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
8769             // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
8770           }
8771         }
8772         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
8773         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
8774 
8775       } else {
8776         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
8777         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
8778         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
8779         // have distinct types.
8780         Previous.clear();
8781       }
8782       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
8783       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
8784       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
8785 
8786 
8787     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
8788     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
8789     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
8790     } else {
8791       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
8792       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
8793       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
8794       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
8795           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
8796         unsigned Kind = 0;
8797         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
8798         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
8799         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
8800         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
8801         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
8802         Invalid = true;
8803 
8804       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
8805       } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
8806                                 isExplicitSpecialization)) {
8807         // do nothing
8808 
8809       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
8810       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
8811         unsigned Kind = 0;
8812         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
8813         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
8814         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
8815         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
8816         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
8817         Invalid = true;
8818 
8819       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
8820       // case here.
8821       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
8822         unsigned Kind = 0;
8823         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
8824         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
8825           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
8826         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
8827         Invalid = true;
8828 
8829       // Otherwise, diagnose.
8830       } else {
8831         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
8832         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
8833         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
8834         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8835         Name = 0;
8836         Invalid = true;
8837       }
8838 
8839       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
8840       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
8841       Previous.clear();
8842     }
8843   }
8844 
8845 CreateNewDecl:
8846 
8847   TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
8848   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
8849     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
8850 
8851   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
8852   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
8853   // keyword.
8854   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
8855 
8856   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
8857   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
8858   // PrevDecl.
8859   TagDecl *New;
8860 
8861   bool IsForwardReference = false;
8862   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
8863     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
8864     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
8865     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
8866                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
8867                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
8868     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
8869     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
8870       TagDecl *Def;
8871       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
8872         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
8873         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
8874       }
8875       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
8876         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
8877           << New;
8878         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8879       } else {
8880         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
8881         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode)
8882           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
8883         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
8884           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
8885         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
8886 
8887         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
8888         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
8889         // the declaration context.
8890         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
8891           IsForwardReference = true;
8892       }
8893     }
8894 
8895     if (EnumUnderlying) {
8896       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
8897       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
8898         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
8899       else
8900         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
8901       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
8902     }
8903 
8904   } else {
8905     // struct/union/class
8906 
8907     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
8908     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
8909     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8910       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
8911       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
8912                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
8913 
8914       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
8915         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
8916     } else
8917       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
8918                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
8919   }
8920 
8921   // Maybe add qualifier info.
8922   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
8923     if (SS.isSet()) {
8924       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
8925       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
8926       // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
8927       // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
8928       // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
8929       if (!isExplicitSpecialization &&
8930           (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
8931           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc))
8932         Invalid = true;
8933 
8934       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
8935       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
8936         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
8937                                            TemplateParameterLists.size(),
8938                                            TemplateParameterLists.data());
8939       }
8940     }
8941     else
8942       Invalid = true;
8943   }
8944 
8945   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
8946     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
8947     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
8948     //
8949     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
8950     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
8951     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
8952     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
8953     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
8954     // parsing of the struct).
8955     if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
8956       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
8957       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
8958     }
8959   }
8960 
8961   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
8962     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
8963       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
8964         << 2
8965         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
8966     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
8967     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
8968     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
8969     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
8970       New->setModulePrivate();
8971   }
8972 
8973   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
8974   // check the specialization.
8975   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
8976     Invalid = true;
8977 
8978   if (Invalid)
8979     New->setInvalidDecl();
8980 
8981   if (Attr)
8982     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
8983 
8984   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope
8985   // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function.
8986   if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
8987     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
8988 
8989   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
8990   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
8991   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
8992 
8993   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
8994   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
8995   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
8996   // the tag name visible.
8997   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
8998     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() ||
8999                                getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt);
9000 
9001   // Set the access specifier.
9002   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
9003     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
9004 
9005   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
9006     New->startDefinition();
9007 
9008   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
9009   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
9010     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
9011     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
9012     if (PrevDecl)
9013       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
9014 
9015     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
9016     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
9017     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
9018       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
9019         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
9020   } else if (Name) {
9021     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
9022     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
9023     if (IsForwardReference)
9024       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
9025 
9026   } else {
9027     CurContext->addDecl(New);
9028   }
9029 
9030   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
9031   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
9032     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
9033         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
9034         II->isStr("FILE"))
9035       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
9036 
9037   // If we were in function prototype scope (and not in C++ mode), add this
9038   // tag to the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
9039   if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
9040       InFunctionDeclarator && Name)
9041     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New);
9042 
9043   if (PrevDecl)
9044     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
9045 
9046   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
9047   // record.
9048   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
9049 
9050   OwnedDecl = true;
9051   return New;
9052 }
9053 
9054 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
9055   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
9056   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
9057 
9058   // Enter the tag context.
9059   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
9060 
9061   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
9062 
9063   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
9064   // record.
9065   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
9066 }
9067 
9068 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
9069   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
9070          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
9071   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
9072   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
9073       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
9074   CurContext = OCD;
9075   return IDecl;
9076 }
9077 
9078 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
9079                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
9080                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
9081   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
9082   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
9083 
9084   FieldCollector->StartClass();
9085 
9086   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
9087     return;
9088 
9089   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
9090     Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context));
9091 
9092   // C++ [class]p2:
9093   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
9094   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
9095   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
9096   //   as if it were a public member name.
9097   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
9098     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
9099                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
9100                             Record->getIdentifier(),
9101                             /*PrevDecl=*/0,
9102                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
9103   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
9104   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
9105   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
9106   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
9107       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
9108   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
9109   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
9110          "Broken injected-class-name");
9111 }
9112 
9113 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
9114                                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
9115   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
9116   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
9117   Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
9118 
9119   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
9120   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
9121     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
9122     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
9123       RD->completeDefinition();
9124   }
9125 
9126   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
9127     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
9128 
9129   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
9130   PopDeclContext();
9131 
9132   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
9133   Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
9134 }
9135 
9136 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
9137   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
9138   PopDeclContext();
9139 }
9140 
9141 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
9142   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
9143   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
9144   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
9145 }
9146 
9147 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
9148   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
9149   OriginalLexicalContext = 0;
9150 }
9151 
9152 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
9153   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
9154   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
9155   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
9156 
9157   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
9158   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
9159     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
9160       RD->completeDefinition();
9161   }
9162 
9163   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
9164   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
9165   // the FieldCollector.
9166 
9167   PopDeclContext();
9168 }
9169 
9170 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
9171 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
9172                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
9173                                 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth,
9174                                 bool *ZeroWidth) {
9175   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
9176   if (ZeroWidth)
9177     *ZeroWidth = true;
9178 
9179   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
9180   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
9181   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
9182     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
9183     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
9184       return ExprError();
9185     if (FieldName)
9186       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
9187         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
9188     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
9189       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
9190   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
9191                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
9192     return ExprError();
9193 
9194   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
9195   // it now.
9196   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
9197     return Owned(BitWidth);
9198 
9199   llvm::APSInt Value;
9200   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
9201   if (ICE.isInvalid())
9202     return ICE;
9203   BitWidth = ICE.take();
9204 
9205   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
9206     *ZeroWidth = false;
9207 
9208   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
9209   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
9210     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
9211 
9212   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
9213     if (FieldName)
9214       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
9215                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
9216     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
9217       << Value.toString(10);
9218   }
9219 
9220   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
9221     uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
9222     if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) {
9223       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9224         if (FieldName)
9225           return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
9226             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
9227             << (unsigned)TypeSize;
9228 
9229         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
9230           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
9231       }
9232 
9233       if (FieldName)
9234         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
9235           << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
9236           << (unsigned)TypeSize;
9237       else
9238         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
9239           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
9240     }
9241   }
9242 
9243   return Owned(BitWidth);
9244 }
9245 
9246 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
9247 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
9248 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
9249                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
9250   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
9251                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
9252                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
9253   return Res;
9254 }
9255 
9256 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
9257 ///
9258 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
9259                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
9260                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
9261                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
9262                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
9263   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
9264   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
9265   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
9266 
9267   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
9268   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
9269   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9270     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
9271 
9272     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
9273                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
9274       D.setInvalidType();
9275       T = Context.IntTy;
9276       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
9277     }
9278   }
9279 
9280   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
9281 
9282   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
9283     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
9284   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
9285     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
9286       << 2;
9287 
9288   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
9289   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
9290   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
9291   LookupName(Previous, S);
9292   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
9293     case LookupResult::Found:
9294     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
9295       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
9296       break;
9297 
9298     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
9299       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
9300       break;
9301 
9302     case LookupResult::NotFound:
9303     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
9304     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
9305       break;
9306   }
9307   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
9308 
9309   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
9310     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
9311     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
9312     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
9313     PrevDecl = 0;
9314   }
9315 
9316   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
9317     PrevDecl = 0;
9318 
9319   bool Mutable
9320     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
9321   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
9322   FieldDecl *NewFD
9323     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
9324                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
9325 
9326   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
9327     Record->setInvalidDecl();
9328 
9329   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
9330     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
9331 
9332   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
9333     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
9334     // with the same name in the same scope.
9335   } else if (II) {
9336     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
9337   } else
9338     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
9339 
9340   return NewFD;
9341 }
9342 
9343 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
9344 ///
9345 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
9346 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
9347 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
9348 /// created.
9349 ///
9350 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
9351 ///
9352 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
9353 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
9354                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
9355                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
9356                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
9357                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
9358                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
9359                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
9360                                 Declarator *D) {
9361   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
9362   bool InvalidDecl = false;
9363   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
9364 
9365   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
9366   // marking this declaration as invalid.
9367   if (T.isNull()) {
9368     InvalidDecl = true;
9369     T = Context.IntTy;
9370   }
9371 
9372   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
9373   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
9374     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
9375       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
9376       Record->setInvalidDecl();
9377       InvalidDecl = true;
9378     } else {
9379       NamedDecl *Def;
9380       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
9381       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
9382         Record->setInvalidDecl();
9383         InvalidDecl = true;
9384       }
9385     }
9386   }
9387 
9388   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
9389   // than a variably modified type.
9390   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
9391     bool SizeIsNegative;
9392     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
9393     QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context,
9394                                                            SizeIsNegative,
9395                                                            Oversized);
9396     if (!FixedTy.isNull()) {
9397       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
9398       T = FixedTy;
9399     } else {
9400       if (SizeIsNegative)
9401         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
9402       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
9403         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
9404           << Oversized.toString(10);
9405       else
9406         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
9407       InvalidDecl = true;
9408     }
9409   }
9410 
9411   // Fields can not have abstract class types
9412   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
9413                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9414                                              AbstractFieldType))
9415     InvalidDecl = true;
9416 
9417   bool ZeroWidth = false;
9418   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
9419   if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) {
9420     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth).take();
9421     if (!BitWidth) {
9422       InvalidDecl = true;
9423       BitWidth = 0;
9424       ZeroWidth = false;
9425     }
9426   }
9427 
9428   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
9429   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
9430     unsigned DiagID = 0;
9431     if (T->isReferenceType())
9432       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference;
9433     else if (T.isConstQualified())
9434       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
9435 
9436     if (DiagID) {
9437       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
9438       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
9439         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
9440       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
9441       Mutable = false;
9442       InvalidDecl = true;
9443     }
9444   }
9445 
9446   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
9447                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
9448   if (InvalidDecl)
9449     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9450 
9451   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
9452     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
9453     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9454     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9455   }
9456 
9457   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9458     if (Record->isUnion()) {
9459       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9460         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
9461         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
9462           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
9463           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
9464           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
9465           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
9466           // objects.
9467           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
9468             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9469         }
9470       }
9471 
9472       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
9473       // the program is ill-formed.
9474       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
9475         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
9476           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
9477         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9478       }
9479     }
9480   }
9481 
9482   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
9483   // representation, not a parser representation.
9484   if (D)
9485     // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope?
9486     ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D);
9487 
9488   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
9489   // retainable type.
9490   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
9491     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9492 
9493   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
9494     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
9495 
9496   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
9497   return NewFD;
9498 }
9499 
9500 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
9501   assert(FD);
9502   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
9503 
9504   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
9505     return true;
9506 
9507   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
9508   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9509     CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
9510     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
9511       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
9512       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
9513       // copy constructors.
9514 
9515       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
9516       if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor())
9517         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
9518       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
9519         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
9520       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment())
9521         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
9522       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor())
9523         member = CXXDestructor;
9524 
9525       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
9526         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x &&
9527             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
9528           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
9529           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
9530           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
9531           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
9532           // members unavailable.
9533           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
9534           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
9535             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
9536               FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context,
9537                                   "this system field has retaining ownership"));
9538             return false;
9539           }
9540         }
9541 
9542         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x ?
9543                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
9544                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
9545           << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
9546         DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member);
9547         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x;
9548       }
9549     }
9550   }
9551 
9552   return false;
9553 }
9554 
9555 /// If the given constructor is user-declared, produce a diagnostic explaining
9556 /// that it makes the class non-trivial.
9557 static bool diagnoseNonTrivialUserDeclaredCtor(Sema &S, QualType QT,
9558                                                CXXConstructorDecl *CD,
9559                                                Sema::CXXSpecialMember CSM) {
9560   if (CD->isImplicit())
9561     return false;
9562 
9563   SourceLocation CtorLoc = CD->getLocation();
9564   S.Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << CSM;
9565   return true;
9566 }
9567 
9568 /// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial
9569 /// special member, figure out why.
9570 void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) {
9571   QualType QT(T, 0U);
9572   CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl());
9573 
9574   // Check whether the member was user-declared.
9575   switch (member) {
9576   case CXXInvalid:
9577     break;
9578 
9579   case CXXDefaultConstructor:
9580     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) {
9581       typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter;
9582       for (ctor_iter CI = RD->ctor_begin(), CE = RD->ctor_end(); CI != CE; ++CI)
9583         if (diagnoseNonTrivialUserDeclaredCtor(*this, QT, *CI, member))
9584           return;
9585 
9586       // No user-delcared constructors; look for constructor templates.
9587       typedef CXXRecordDecl::specific_decl_iterator<FunctionTemplateDecl>
9588           tmpl_iter;
9589       for (tmpl_iter TI(RD->decls_begin()), TE(RD->decls_end());
9590            TI != TE; ++TI) {
9591         CXXConstructorDecl *CD =
9592             dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(TI->getTemplatedDecl());
9593         if (CD && diagnoseNonTrivialUserDeclaredCtor(*this, QT, CD, member))
9594           return;
9595       }
9596     }
9597     break;
9598 
9599   case CXXCopyConstructor:
9600     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) {
9601       SourceLocation CtorLoc =
9602         RD->getCopyConstructor(0)->getLocation();
9603       Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
9604       return;
9605     }
9606     break;
9607 
9608   case CXXMoveConstructor:
9609     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveConstructor()) {
9610       SourceLocation CtorLoc = RD->getMoveConstructor()->getLocation();
9611       Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
9612       return;
9613     }
9614     break;
9615 
9616   case CXXCopyAssignment:
9617     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) {
9618       SourceLocation AssignLoc =
9619         RD->getCopyAssignmentOperator(0)->getLocation();
9620       Diag(AssignLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
9621       return;
9622     }
9623     break;
9624 
9625   case CXXMoveAssignment:
9626     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveAssignment()) {
9627       SourceLocation AssignLoc = RD->getMoveAssignmentOperator()->getLocation();
9628       Diag(AssignLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
9629       return;
9630     }
9631     break;
9632 
9633   case CXXDestructor:
9634     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
9635       SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation();
9636       Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
9637       return;
9638     }
9639     break;
9640   }
9641 
9642   typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter;
9643 
9644   // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction,
9645   // but not trivial destruction.
9646   if (member != CXXDestructor) {
9647     // Check for virtual bases.  vbases includes indirect virtual bases,
9648     // so we just iterate through the direct bases.
9649     for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi)
9650       if (bi->isVirtual()) {
9651         SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getLocStart();
9652         Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1;
9653         return;
9654       }
9655 
9656     // Check for virtual methods.
9657     typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter;
9658     for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me;
9659          ++mi) {
9660       if (mi->isVirtual()) {
9661         SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getLocStart();
9662         Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0;
9663         return;
9664       }
9665     }
9666   }
9667 
9668   bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const;
9669   switch (member) {
9670   case CXXDefaultConstructor:
9671     hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDefaultConstructor; break;
9672   case CXXCopyConstructor:
9673     hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break;
9674   case CXXCopyAssignment:
9675     hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break;
9676   case CXXDestructor:
9677     hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break;
9678   default:
9679     llvm_unreachable("unexpected special member");
9680   }
9681 
9682   // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse).
9683   for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) {
9684     const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
9685     assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases");
9686     CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
9687     if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) {
9688       SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getLocStart();
9689       Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member;
9690       DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member);
9691       return;
9692     }
9693   }
9694 
9695   // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse).
9696   typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter;
9697   for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe;
9698        ++fi) {
9699     QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(fi->getType());
9700     if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9701       CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl());
9702 
9703       if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) {
9704         SourceLocation FLoc = fi->getLocation();
9705         Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member;
9706         DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member);
9707         return;
9708       }
9709     }
9710 
9711     if (EltTy->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
9712       switch (EltTy.getObjCLifetime()) {
9713       case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
9714       case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
9715         break;
9716 
9717       case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
9718       case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
9719       case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
9720         Diag(fi->getLocation(), diag::note_nontrivial_objc_ownership)
9721           << QT << EltTy.getObjCLifetime();
9722         return;
9723       }
9724     }
9725   }
9726 
9727   llvm_unreachable("found no explanation for non-trivial member");
9728 }
9729 
9730 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
9731 ///  AST enum value.
9732 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
9733 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
9734   switch (ivarVisibility) {
9735   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
9736   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
9737   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
9738   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
9739   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
9740   }
9741 }
9742 
9743 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
9744 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
9745 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
9746                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
9747                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
9748                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
9749 
9750   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
9751   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
9752   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
9753   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
9754 
9755   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
9756   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
9757 
9758   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
9759   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
9760 
9761   if (BitWidth) {
9762     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
9763     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth).take();
9764     if (!BitWidth)
9765       D.setInvalidType();
9766   } else {
9767     // Not a bitfield.
9768 
9769     // validate II.
9770 
9771   }
9772   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
9773     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
9774     D.setInvalidType();
9775   }
9776   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
9777   // than a variably modified type.
9778   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
9779     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
9780     D.setInvalidType();
9781   }
9782 
9783   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
9784   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
9785     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
9786                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
9787   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
9788   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
9789   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
9790     return 0;
9791   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
9792   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
9793       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
9794     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
9795     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
9796       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
9797       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
9798     }
9799     else
9800       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
9801   } else {
9802     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
9803         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
9804       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
9805         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
9806         return 0;
9807       }
9808     }
9809     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
9810   }
9811 
9812   // Construct the decl.
9813   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
9814                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
9815                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
9816 
9817   if (II) {
9818     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
9819                                            ForRedeclaration);
9820     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
9821         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
9822       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
9823       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9824       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
9825     }
9826   }
9827 
9828   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
9829   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
9830 
9831   if (D.isInvalidType())
9832     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
9833 
9834   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
9835   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
9836     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
9837 
9838   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
9839     NewID->setModulePrivate();
9840 
9841   if (II) {
9842     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
9843     // these to the interface.
9844     S->AddDecl(NewID);
9845     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
9846   }
9847 
9848   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
9849       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
9850     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
9851 
9852   return NewID;
9853 }
9854 
9855 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
9856 /// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class
9857 /// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
9858 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
9859 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
9860                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
9861   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
9862     return;
9863 
9864   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
9865   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
9866 
9867   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
9868     return;
9869   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
9870   if (!ID) {
9871     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
9872       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
9873         return;
9874     }
9875     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
9876     else
9877       return;
9878   }
9879   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
9880   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
9881   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
9882 
9883   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
9884                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0,
9885                               Context.CharTy,
9886                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
9887                                                                DeclLoc),
9888                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
9889                               true);
9890   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
9891 }
9892 
9893 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S,
9894                        SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
9895                        llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields,
9896                        SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
9897                        AttributeList *Attr) {
9898   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
9899 
9900   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
9901   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
9902   // it will now change.
9903   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
9904     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
9905     switch (DC->getKind()) {
9906     default: break;
9907     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
9908       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
9909       break;
9910     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
9911       Context.
9912         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
9913       break;
9914     }
9915   }
9916 
9917   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
9918 
9919   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
9920   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
9921   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
9922   if (Record) {
9923     for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(),
9924                                    e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) {
9925       if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i))
9926         if (IFD->getDeclName())
9927           ++NumNamedMembers;
9928     }
9929   }
9930 
9931   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
9932   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
9933 
9934   bool ARCErrReported = false;
9935   for (llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
9936        i != end; ++i) {
9937     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
9938 
9939     // Get the type for the field.
9940     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
9941 
9942     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
9943       // Remember all fields written by the user.
9944       RecFields.push_back(FD);
9945     }
9946 
9947     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
9948     // diagnostics about it.
9949     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9950       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9951       continue;
9952     }
9953 
9954     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
9955     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
9956     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
9957     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
9958     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
9959     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
9960     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
9961     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
9962     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
9963     //   array.
9964     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
9965       // Field declared as a function.
9966       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
9967         << FD->getDeclName();
9968       FD->setInvalidDecl();
9969       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9970       continue;
9971     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
9972                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
9973                 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
9974                   getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
9975                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
9976       // Flexible array member.
9977       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
9978       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
9979       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
9980       if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
9981         if (Record->isUnion())
9982           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms)
9983             << FD->getDeclName();
9984         else if (Fields.size() == 1)
9985           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms)
9986             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
9987       } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9988         if (Record->isUnion())
9989           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu)
9990             << FD->getDeclName();
9991         else if (Fields.size() == 1)
9992           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu)
9993             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
9994       } else if (!getLangOpts().C99) {
9995       if (Record->isUnion())
9996         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu)
9997           << FD->getDeclName();
9998       else
9999         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
10000           << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
10001       } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) {
10002         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct)
10003           << FD->getDeclName();
10004         FD->setInvalidDecl();
10005         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10006         continue;
10007       }
10008       if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() &&
10009           !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) {
10010         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type)
10011           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
10012         FD->setInvalidDecl();
10013         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10014         continue;
10015       }
10016       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
10017       if (Record)
10018         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
10019     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
10020                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
10021                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
10022       // Incomplete type
10023       FD->setInvalidDecl();
10024       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10025       continue;
10026     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
10027       if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
10028         // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible".
10029         if (Record && Record->isUnion()) {
10030           Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
10031         } else {
10032           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
10033           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
10034           // structures.
10035           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
10036             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
10037               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
10038           else {
10039             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
10040             // other structs as an extension.
10041             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
10042               << FD->getDeclName();
10043             if (Record)
10044               Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
10045           }
10046         }
10047       }
10048       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
10049           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
10050                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
10051                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
10052         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
10053         FD->setInvalidDecl();
10054       }
10055       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
10056         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
10057     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
10058       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
10059       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
10060         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
10061       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
10062       FD->setType(T);
10063     } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10064       if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported) {
10065         // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
10066         // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
10067         // so we just make the field unavailable.
10068         // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
10069         // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
10070         QualType T = FD->getType();
10071         Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
10072         if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
10073           SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
10074           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
10075             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
10076               FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context,
10077                                 "this system field has retaining ownership"));
10078             }
10079           } else {
10080             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_struct)
10081               << T->isBlockPointerType();
10082           }
10083           ARCErrReported = true;
10084         }
10085       }
10086       else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
10087                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
10088                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
10089         if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
10090             FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
10091           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
10092         else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
10093           QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
10094           if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
10095               BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
10096             Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
10097           else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
10098                    BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
10099                  Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
10100         }
10101       }
10102     }
10103     // Keep track of the number of named members.
10104     if (FD->getIdentifier())
10105       ++NumNamedMembers;
10106   }
10107 
10108   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
10109   if (Record) {
10110     bool Completed = false;
10111     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
10112       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
10113         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
10114         UnresolvedSetImpl *Convs = CXXRecord->getConversionFunctions();
10115         for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Convs->begin(), E = Convs->end();
10116              I != E; ++I)
10117           Convs->setAccess(I, (*I)->getAccess());
10118 
10119         if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
10120           // Objective-C Automatic Reference Counting:
10121           //   If a class has a non-static data member of Objective-C pointer
10122           //   type (or array thereof), it is a non-POD type and its
10123           //   default constructor (if any), copy constructor, copy assignment
10124           //   operator, and destructor are non-trivial.
10125           //
10126           // This rule is also handled by CXXRecordDecl::completeDefinition().
10127           // However, here we check whether this particular class is only
10128           // non-POD because of the presence of an Objective-C pointer member.
10129           // If so, objects of this type cannot be shared between code compiled
10130           // with ARC and code compiled with manual retain/release.
10131           if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
10132               CXXRecord->hasObjectMember() &&
10133               CXXRecord->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) {
10134             if (CXXRecord->isPOD()) {
10135               Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(),
10136                    diag::warn_arc_non_pod_class_with_object_member)
10137                << CXXRecord;
10138             } else {
10139               // FIXME: Fix-Its would be nice here, but finding a good location
10140               // for them is going to be tricky.
10141               if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialCopyConstructor())
10142                 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(),
10143                      diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member)
10144                   << CXXRecord << 0;
10145               if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialCopyAssignment())
10146                 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(),
10147                      diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member)
10148                 << CXXRecord << 1;
10149               if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialDestructor())
10150                 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(),
10151                      diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member)
10152                 << CXXRecord << 2;
10153             }
10154           }
10155 
10156           // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
10157           if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x &&
10158               CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor())
10159             AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,CXXRecord->getDestructor());
10160 
10161           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
10162           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
10163 
10164           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
10165           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
10166           // problem now.
10167           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
10168             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
10169             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
10170 
10171             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
10172                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
10173                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
10174               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
10175                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
10176                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
10177                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
10178                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
10179                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
10180                   continue;
10181 
10182                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
10183                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
10184                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
10185                 //   program is ill-formed.
10186                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
10187                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
10188                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
10189                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
10190                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
10191                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
10192                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
10193                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
10194                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
10195                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
10196 
10197                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
10198               }
10199             }
10200             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
10201             Completed = true;
10202           }
10203         }
10204       }
10205     }
10206 
10207     if (!Completed)
10208       Record->completeDefinition();
10209 
10210   } else {
10211     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
10212       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
10213     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
10214       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
10215       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
10216       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
10217         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
10218         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
10219       }
10220       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
10221       // duplicates.
10222       if (ID->getSuperClass())
10223         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
10224     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
10225                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
10226       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
10227       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
10228         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
10229         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
10230         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
10231       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
10232       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
10233       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
10234     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
10235                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
10236       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
10237       // reported as errors elsewhere.
10238       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
10239       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
10240       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
10241       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
10242       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
10243       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
10244         if (IDecl) {
10245           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
10246               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
10247             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
10248                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
10249             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10250             continue;
10251           }
10252           for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *ClsExtDecl =
10253                 IDecl->getFirstClassExtension();
10254                ClsExtDecl; ClsExtDecl = ClsExtDecl->getNextClassExtension()) {
10255             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar =
10256                 ClsExtDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
10257               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
10258                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
10259               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10260               continue;
10261             }
10262           }
10263         }
10264         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
10265         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
10266       }
10267       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
10268       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
10269     }
10270   }
10271 
10272   if (Attr)
10273     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
10274 }
10275 
10276 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
10277 /// the given type T.
10278 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
10279                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
10280                                         QualType T) {
10281   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
10282   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
10283 
10284   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
10285     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
10286       --BitWidth;
10287     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
10288   }
10289   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
10290 }
10291 
10292 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
10293 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
10294 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
10295   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
10296   // enum checking below.
10297   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
10298   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
10299   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
10300     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
10301   };
10302   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
10303     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
10304     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
10305   };
10306 
10307   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
10308   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
10309                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
10310   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
10311     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
10312       return Types[I];
10313 
10314   return QualType();
10315 }
10316 
10317 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
10318                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
10319                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
10320                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
10321                                           Expr *Val) {
10322   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
10323   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
10324   QualType EltTy;
10325 
10326   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
10327     Val = 0;
10328 
10329   if (Val)
10330     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take();
10331 
10332   if (Val) {
10333     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
10334       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
10335     else {
10336       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
10337       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && Enum->isFixed() &&
10338           !getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) {
10339         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
10340         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
10341         // constant expression of the underlying type.
10342         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
10343         ExprResult Converted =
10344           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
10345                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
10346         if (Converted.isInvalid())
10347           Val = 0;
10348         else
10349           Val = Converted.take();
10350       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
10351                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
10352                                                          &EnumVal).take())) {
10353         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
10354       } else {
10355         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
10356           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
10357 
10358           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
10359           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
10360           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
10361           // expression checking.
10362           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
10363             if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) {
10364               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
10365               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
10366             } else
10367               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
10368           } else
10369             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
10370         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10371           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
10372           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
10373           //   is the type of its initializing value:
10374           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
10375           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
10376           EltTy = Val->getType();
10377         } else {
10378           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
10379           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
10380           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
10381           //   representable as an int.
10382 
10383           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
10384           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
10385             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
10386               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
10387               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
10388           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
10389             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
10390             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
10391           }
10392           EltTy = Val->getType();
10393         }
10394       }
10395     }
10396   }
10397 
10398   if (!Val) {
10399     if (Enum->isDependentType())
10400       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
10401     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
10402       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
10403       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
10404       //   is the type of its initializing value:
10405       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
10406       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
10407       //
10408       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
10409       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
10410       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
10411         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
10412       }
10413       else {
10414         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
10415       }
10416     } else {
10417       // Assign the last value + 1.
10418       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
10419       ++EnumVal;
10420       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
10421 
10422       // Check for overflow on increment.
10423       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
10424         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
10425         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
10426         //   is the type of its initializing value:
10427         //
10428         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
10429         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
10430         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
10431         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
10432         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
10433         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
10434         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
10435         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
10436           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
10437           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
10438           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
10439           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
10440           ++EnumVal;
10441           if (Enum->isFixed())
10442             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
10443             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
10444               << EnumVal.toString(10)
10445               << EltTy;
10446           else
10447             Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large)
10448               << EnumVal.toString(10);
10449         } else {
10450           EltTy = T;
10451         }
10452 
10453         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
10454         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
10455         // value, then increment.
10456         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
10457         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
10458         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
10459         ++EnumVal;
10460 
10461         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
10462         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
10463         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
10464         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
10465         // integral type.
10466         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
10467           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
10468       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10469                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
10470         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
10471         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
10472           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
10473       }
10474     }
10475   }
10476 
10477   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
10478     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
10479     // enumerator's type.
10480     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
10481     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
10482   }
10483 
10484   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
10485                                   Val, EnumVal);
10486 }
10487 
10488 
10489 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
10490                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
10491                               AttributeList *Attr,
10492                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
10493   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
10494   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
10495     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
10496 
10497   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
10498   // we find one that is.
10499   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
10500 
10501   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
10502   // scope.
10503   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
10504                                          ForRedeclaration);
10505   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
10506     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
10507     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
10508     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
10509     PrevDecl = 0;
10510   }
10511 
10512   if (PrevDecl) {
10513     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
10514     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
10515     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
10516            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
10517     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
10518       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
10519         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
10520       else
10521         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
10522       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10523       return 0;
10524     }
10525   }
10526 
10527   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
10528   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
10529   // different from T:
10530   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
10531   // enumerated type
10532   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record
10533                       = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
10534                              TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
10535     if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() &&
10536         Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id)
10537       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id;
10538 
10539   EnumConstantDecl *New =
10540     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
10541 
10542   if (New) {
10543     // Process attributes.
10544     if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
10545 
10546     // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
10547     New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
10548     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
10549   }
10550 
10551   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
10552 
10553   return New;
10554 }
10555 
10556 // Emits a warning if every element in the enum is the same value and if
10557 // every element is initialized with a integer or boolean literal.
10558 static void CheckForUniqueEnumValues(Sema &S, Decl **Elements,
10559                                      unsigned NumElements, EnumDecl *Enum,
10560                                      QualType EnumType) {
10561   if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_identical_enum_values,
10562                                  Enum->getLocation()) ==
10563       DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
10564     return;
10565 
10566   if (NumElements < 2)
10567     return;
10568 
10569   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
10570     return;
10571 
10572   llvm::APSInt FirstVal;
10573 
10574   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
10575     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
10576     if (!ECD)
10577       return;
10578 
10579     Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
10580     if (!InitExpr)
10581       return;
10582     InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
10583     if (!isa<IntegerLiteral>(InitExpr) && !isa<CXXBoolLiteralExpr>(InitExpr))
10584       return;
10585 
10586     if (i == 0) {
10587       FirstVal = ECD->getInitVal();
10588       continue;
10589     }
10590 
10591     if (!llvm::APSInt::isSameValue(FirstVal, ECD->getInitVal()))
10592       return;
10593   }
10594 
10595   S.Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_identical_enum_values)
10596       << EnumType << FirstVal.toString(10)
10597       << Enum->getSourceRange();
10598 
10599   EnumConstantDecl *Last = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[NumElements - 1]),
10600                    *Next = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[NumElements - 2]);
10601 
10602   S.Diag(Last->getLocation(), diag::note_identical_enum_values)
10603     << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Last->getInitExpr()->getSourceRange(),
10604                                     Next->getName());
10605 }
10606 
10607 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
10608 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
10609 // Element2 = Element1
10610 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
10611 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
10612 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
10613 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
10614   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
10615   if (!InitExpr)
10616     return true;
10617   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
10618 
10619   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
10620     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
10621       return true;
10622     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
10623     if (!IL)
10624       return true;
10625     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
10626       return true;
10627 
10628     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
10629   }
10630 
10631   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
10632   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
10633   if (!DRE)
10634     return true;
10635 
10636   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
10637   if (!EnumConstant)
10638     return true;
10639 
10640   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
10641       Enum)
10642     return true;
10643 
10644   return false;
10645 }
10646 
10647 struct DupKey {
10648   int64_t val;
10649   bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey;
10650   DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey)
10651     : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {}
10652 };
10653 
10654 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) {
10655   return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(),
10656                 false);
10657 }
10658 
10659 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey {
10660   static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); }
10661   static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); }
10662   static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) {
10663     return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37);
10664   }
10665   static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) {
10666     return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey &&
10667            LHS.val == RHS.val;
10668   }
10669 };
10670 
10671 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
10672 // a previous element has already been set to.
10673 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, Decl **Elements,
10674                                         unsigned NumElements, EnumDecl *Enum,
10675                                         QualType EnumType) {
10676   if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values,
10677                                  Enum->getLocation()) ==
10678       DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
10679     return;
10680   // Avoid anonymous enums
10681   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
10682     return;
10683 
10684   // Only check for small enums.
10685   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
10686     return;
10687 
10688   typedef llvm::SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl*, 3> ECDVector;
10689   typedef llvm::SmallVector<ECDVector*, 3> DuplicatesVector;
10690 
10691   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
10692   typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey>
10693           ValueToVectorMap;
10694 
10695   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
10696   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
10697 
10698   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
10699   // an initialier.
10700   for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumElements; ++i) {
10701     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
10702 
10703     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
10704     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
10705     if (!ECD) {
10706       return;
10707     }
10708 
10709     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
10710       continue;
10711 
10712     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
10713     DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key];
10714 
10715     // First time encountering this value.
10716     if (Entry.isNull())
10717       Entry = ECD;
10718   }
10719 
10720   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
10721   for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumElements; ++i) {
10722     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
10723     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
10724       continue;
10725 
10726     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
10727 
10728     DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key];
10729     if (Entry.isNull())
10730       continue;
10731 
10732     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
10733       // Ensure constants are different.
10734       if (D == ECD)
10735         continue;
10736 
10737       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
10738       ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector();
10739       Vec->push_back(D);
10740       Vec->push_back(ECD);
10741 
10742       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
10743       Entry = Vec;
10744 
10745       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
10746       // diagnostics.
10747       DupVector.push_back(Vec);
10748       continue;
10749     }
10750 
10751     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
10752     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
10753     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
10754       continue;
10755 
10756     Vec->push_back(ECD);
10757   }
10758 
10759   // Emit diagnostics.
10760   for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(),
10761                                   DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end();
10762        DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) {
10763     ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter;
10764     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
10765 
10766     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
10767     ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin();
10768     S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
10769       << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
10770       << (*I)->getSourceRange();
10771     ++I;
10772 
10773     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
10774     // the same value.
10775     for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I)
10776       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
10777         << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
10778         << (*I)->getSourceRange();
10779     delete Vec;
10780   }
10781 }
10782 
10783 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
10784                          SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
10785                          Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements,
10786                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
10787   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
10788   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
10789 
10790   if (Attr)
10791     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
10792 
10793   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
10794     for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
10795       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
10796         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
10797       if (!ECD) continue;
10798 
10799       ECD->setType(EnumType);
10800     }
10801 
10802     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
10803     return;
10804   }
10805 
10806   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
10807   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
10808   // emit a warning.
10809   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
10810   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
10811   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
10812 
10813   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
10814   // reverse the list.
10815   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
10816   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
10817 
10818   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
10819   bool AllElementsInt = true;
10820 
10821   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
10822     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
10823       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
10824     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
10825 
10826     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
10827 
10828     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
10829     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
10830       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
10831                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
10832     else
10833       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
10834                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
10835 
10836     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
10837     if (AllElementsInt)
10838       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
10839   }
10840 
10841   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
10842   QualType BestType;
10843   unsigned BestWidth;
10844 
10845   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
10846   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
10847   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
10848   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
10849   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
10850   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
10851   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
10852   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
10853   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
10854   QualType BestPromotionType;
10855 
10856   bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false;
10857   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
10858   // enum definitions.
10859   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
10860     Packed = true;
10861 
10862   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
10863     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
10864     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
10865       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
10866     else
10867       BestPromotionType = BestType;
10868     // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type
10869     // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers
10870     // warn that it might be used uninitialized.
10871     BestWidth = CharWidth;
10872   }
10873   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
10874     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
10875     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
10876     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
10877     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
10878       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
10879       BestWidth = CharWidth;
10880     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
10881                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
10882       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
10883       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
10884     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
10885       BestType = Context.IntTy;
10886       BestWidth = IntWidth;
10887     } else {
10888       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
10889 
10890       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
10891         BestType = Context.LongTy;
10892       } else {
10893         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
10894 
10895         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
10896           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large);
10897         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
10898       }
10899     }
10900     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
10901   } else {
10902     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
10903     // all of the enumerator values.
10904     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
10905     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
10906       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
10907       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
10908       BestWidth = CharWidth;
10909     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
10910       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
10911       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
10912       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
10913     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
10914       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
10915       BestWidth = IntWidth;
10916       BestPromotionType
10917         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10918                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
10919     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
10920                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
10921       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
10922       BestPromotionType
10923         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10924                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
10925     } else {
10926       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
10927       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
10928              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
10929       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
10930       BestPromotionType
10931         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10932                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
10933     }
10934   }
10935 
10936   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
10937   // the type of the enum if needed.
10938   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
10939     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
10940     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
10941 
10942     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
10943     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
10944     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
10945     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
10946     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
10947 
10948     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
10949     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
10950 
10951     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
10952     // the enum decl type.
10953     QualType NewTy;
10954     unsigned NewWidth;
10955     bool NewSign;
10956     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10957         !Enum->isFixed() &&
10958         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
10959       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
10960       NewWidth = IntWidth;
10961       NewSign = true;
10962     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
10963       // Already the right type!
10964       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10965         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
10966         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
10967         // enumeration.
10968         ECD->setType(EnumType);
10969       continue;
10970     } else {
10971       NewTy = BestType;
10972       NewWidth = BestWidth;
10973       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
10974     }
10975 
10976     // Adjust the APSInt value.
10977     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
10978     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
10979     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
10980 
10981     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
10982     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
10983         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
10984       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
10985                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
10986                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
10987                                                 /*base paths*/ 0,
10988                                                 VK_RValue));
10989     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10990       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
10991       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
10992       // enumeration.
10993       ECD->setType(EnumType);
10994     else
10995       ECD->setType(NewTy);
10996   }
10997 
10998   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
10999                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
11000 
11001   // If we're declaring a function, ensure this decl isn't forgotten about -
11002   // it needs to go into the function scope.
11003   if (InFunctionDeclarator)
11004     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(Enum);
11005 
11006   CheckForUniqueEnumValues(*this, Elements, NumElements, Enum, EnumType);
11007   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, NumElements, Enum, EnumType);
11008 }
11009 
11010 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
11011                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
11012                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
11013   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
11014 
11015   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
11016                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
11017                                                    EndLoc);
11018   CurContext->addDecl(New);
11019   return New;
11020 }
11021 
11022 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc,
11023                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
11024                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
11025   Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path,
11026                                                 Module::AllVisible,
11027                                                 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
11028   if (!Mod)
11029     return true;
11030 
11031   llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
11032   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
11033   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
11034     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
11035     // We need the length to be consistent.
11036     if (!ModCheck)
11037       break;
11038     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
11039 
11040     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
11041   }
11042 
11043   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context,
11044                                           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
11045                                           AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc,
11046                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
11047   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import);
11048   return Import;
11049 }
11050 
11051 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
11052                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
11053                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
11054                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
11055                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
11056   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
11057                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
11058   AsmLabelAttr *Attr =
11059      ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, AliasName->getName());
11060 
11061   if (PrevDecl)
11062     PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
11063   else
11064     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
11065       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr));
11066 }
11067 
11068 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
11069                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
11070                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
11071   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
11072 
11073   if (PrevDecl) {
11074     PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context));
11075   } else {
11076     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
11077       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
11078         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc)));
11079   }
11080 }
11081 
11082 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
11083                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
11084                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
11085                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
11086                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
11087   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
11088                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
11089   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
11090 
11091   if (PrevDecl) {
11092     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
11093       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
11094         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
11095   } else {
11096     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
11097       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
11098   }
11099 }
11100 
11101 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
11102   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
11103 }
11104 
11105 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const {
11106   const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext());
11107   return D->getAvailability();
11108 }
11109